WO2018082435A1 - Terminal device mobility processing method, terminal device and base station - Google Patents

Terminal device mobility processing method, terminal device and base station Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2018082435A1
WO2018082435A1 PCT/CN2017/105859 CN2017105859W WO2018082435A1 WO 2018082435 A1 WO2018082435 A1 WO 2018082435A1 CN 2017105859 W CN2017105859 W CN 2017105859W WO 2018082435 A1 WO2018082435 A1 WO 2018082435A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
terminal device
base station
information
downlink signal
beam information
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2017/105859
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
张健
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2018082435A1 publication Critical patent/WO2018082435A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04BTRANSMISSION
    • H04B7/00Radio transmission systems, i.e. using radiation field
    • H04B7/02Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas
    • H04B7/04Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas
    • H04B7/06Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station
    • H04B7/0613Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station using simultaneous transmission
    • H04B7/0615Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station using simultaneous transmission of weighted versions of same signal
    • H04B7/0617Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station using simultaneous transmission of weighted versions of same signal for beam forming
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04BTRANSMISSION
    • H04B7/00Radio transmission systems, i.e. using radiation field
    • H04B7/02Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas
    • H04B7/04Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas
    • H04B7/06Diversity systems; Multi-antenna system, i.e. transmission or reception using multiple antennas using two or more spaced independent antennas at the transmitting station
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W24/00Supervisory, monitoring or testing arrangements
    • H04W24/02Arrangements for optimising operational condition

Definitions

  • the embodiments of the present invention relate to communication technologies, and in particular, to a terminal device mobility processing method, a terminal device, and a base station.
  • the terminal device may perform mobility management actions such as cell camping, cell reselection, and cell handover based on the measurement decision of the downlink signal.
  • the above beamforming includes different beam types and/or different beam scanning modes, how the base station in the cell using the high frequency signal transmits the downlink signal to the terminal device is an urgent problem to be solved.
  • the embodiment of the present invention provides a method for processing mobility of a terminal device, a terminal device, and a base station, which are used to solve the technical problem of how a base station in a cell using a high frequency signal transmits a downlink signal to a terminal device in the prior art.
  • a first aspect of the present application provides a method for processing mobility of a terminal device, including: receiving, by the terminal device, a downlink signal that is sent by the base station by using the first beam information; and the terminal device according to the downlink signal that is sent by using the first beam information,
  • the base station sends the first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the base station sends the downlink signal to the terminal device by using the second beam information, and the terminal device receives the second base station by using the second The downlink signal transmitted by the beam information.
  • the terminal device may send the first indication information to the base station,
  • the base station can use the second beam information to retransmit the downlink signal to the terminal device. That is, the base station can transmit the downlink signal applicable to the terminal device to the terminal device in a targeted manner according to the requirements of the terminal device, and increase the manner in which the base station sends the downlink signal to the terminal device, which satisfies the requirements of different terminal devices.
  • the beam type and the beam scanning mode included in the foregoing first beam information and the second beam information are The information of the beam included in the first beam information is a first beam type or a second beam type; and the beam type included in the second beam information is a first beam type or a second beam type, where The beam angle of the beam corresponding to the second beam type is smaller than the beam angle of the beam corresponding to the first beam type, and the beam scanning mode of the first beam information is a single beam scanning mode or a multiple beam parallel scanning mode.
  • the beam scanning mode included in the second beam information is a single beam scanning mode or a multiple beam parallel scanning mode.
  • the method further includes: the terminal device receiving the capability information of the serving cell that is sent by the base station by using the first beam information, and the capability of the neighboring cell
  • the capability information of the serving cell includes at least one of the following: a mapping relationship between a beam type and a delay level supported by the serving cell, and a mapping between a beam scanning mode and a delay level supported by the serving cell.
  • the relationship information of the neighboring cell includes at least one of the following: a mapping relationship between a beam type and a delay level supported by the neighboring cell, and a beam scanning mode and a delay supported by the neighboring cell. The mapping relationship of levels.
  • the terminal device when the base station is the base station to which the serving cell belongs, the terminal device sends the first indication information to the base station, including: the terminal device according to a delay level of the current service, and the serving cell.
  • the second indicator information is determined by the capability information, and the terminal device sends the first indication information to the base station according to the second beam information;
  • the first indication information includes: the second beam information or The identifier of the second beam information;
  • the terminal device sends the first indication information to the base station, including: the delay level of the terminal device according to the current service
  • the terminal device sends the first indication information to the base station, including: the delay level of the terminal device according to the current service
  • the terminal device sending the first indication information to the base station according to the second beam information;
  • the first indication information includes: Identification of the second beam information or the second beam information.
  • the base station may send the serving cell to the terminal device before transmitting the downlink signal for the terminal device to perform mobility management to the terminal device by using the first beam information.
  • the capability information, and the capability information of the neighboring cell so that the terminal device can determine the second beam information to be used by the base station according to the delay level of the current service and the capability information of the cell corresponding to the base station, and
  • the second beam information is carried in the first indication information and sent to the base station, so that the base station can use the second beam information to retransmit the downlink signal to the terminal device, so that the delay of the terminal device when receiving the downlink signal can satisfy the terminal device.
  • the downlink signal includes at least one of the following: a synchronization channel and a beam reference signal BRS.
  • the terminal device sends the first indication information to the base station, where the terminal device sends a first indication to the base station when the measurement result of the downlink signal is less than or equal to a first preset threshold. information.
  • the terminal device when the base station sends the downlink signal for the mobility management of the terminal device to the terminal device by using the first beam information, the terminal device may be in the downlink signal
  • the first indication information is sent to the base station, so that the base station can resend the downlink to the terminal device by using the second beam information.
  • the signal is used to enable the terminal device with different radio conditions to successfully complete the cell camping, improve the success rate of the terminal device cell camping, or enable the terminal device that is close to the cell switching condition to obtain the downlink signal measurement result more quickly. Accelerate the process of cell handover decision to meet the delay requirements of the terminal equipment.
  • the terminal device is a terminal device that is performing cell camping, and after the terminal device receives the downlink signal that is sent by the base station by using the second beam information, the terminal device further includes: the terminal device is When the measurement result of the downlink signal is greater than the first preset threshold, the base station performs a random access procedure, and sends the random access procedure to the base station.
  • the second indication information is used to indicate that the base station stops using the second beam information to send the downlink signal, and the second indication information includes: the first beam information or the first beam information
  • the terminal device continues to receive the downlink signal that is sent by the base station by using the first beam information; and when the measurement result of the downlink signal is less than a second preset threshold, the terminal device sends the downlink signal to the base station again. Sending the first indication information.
  • the method for processing the mobility of the terminal device provided by the possible implementation manner, when the base station is transmitting the downlink signal for the mobility management of the terminal device to the terminal device by using the first beam information for the terminal device that is camping on the cell
  • the terminal device may send the first indication information to the base station when the measurement result of the downlink signal does not meet the cell camping condition, so that the base station can re-route the second beam information that is narrower than the beam corresponding to the first beam information to the terminal.
  • the device sends the downlink signal, so that the terminal device can perform a cell camping process with the base station according to the measurement result of the downlink signal.
  • the terminal device can trigger the base station to use different beam information to transmit the downlink signal based on the radio condition in which the terminal device is located, instead of the base station always transmitting the downlink signal in the coverage of the serving cell by using the narrower beam, thereby reducing the base station signal.
  • the cost and the cost enable the terminal equipment with different wireless conditions to successfully complete the cell camping, thereby improving the success rate of the terminal equipment cell camping.
  • the terminal device is a terminal device that performs cell handover
  • the base station is a base station where the serving cell is located
  • the terminal device receives the downlink signal sent by the base station by using the second beam information, and further
  • the terminal device reports the measurement result of the downlink signal to the base station; when the measurement result satisfies the cell handover condition, the terminal device receives a handover command sent by the base station; the handover command is used to indicate The terminal device accesses a target cell.
  • the terminal device may determine, according to the measurement result of the downlink signal, the condition that the terminal device is close to the cell handover, and send the first indication information to the base station, so that the base station can adopt a narrower beam corresponding to the first beam information and a second faster scanning mode.
  • the beam information is re-transmitted to the terminal device, so that the cell switch can be determined according to the measurement result of the downlink signal by the terminal device.
  • the base station can use the first beam information to send a downlink signal to the terminal device to reduce the base station beam scanning overhead before the terminal device meets the handover condition.
  • the triggering base station sends the downlink signal according to the second beam information, so that the terminal device can obtain the measurement result of the downlink signal more quickly, so as to accelerate the process of the handover decision to meet the delay of the terminal device.
  • the terminal device is a terminal device that performs cell handover, where the base station is a base station where the target cell is located; and when the measurement result of the downlink signal is less than a first preset threshold, the terminal device
  • the sending, by the base station, the first indication information includes: when the measurement result of the downlink signal is less than a first preset threshold, the terminal device sends the first indication information to the base station where the target cell is located.
  • the base station to which the target cell belongs is transmitting the terminal device for mobility management to the terminal device by using the first beam information for the terminal device that is performing the cell handover.
  • the terminal device may determine the condition that the terminal device is close to the cell handover in the measurement result of the downlink signal, and send the first indication information to the base station to which the target cell belongs, so that the base station to which the target cell belongs may adopt the first beam information.
  • the corresponding second beam information with a narrow beam and a fast scanning mode is retransmitted to the terminal device, so that the terminal device can decide whether to perform cell handover according to the measurement result of the downlink signal.
  • the base station to which the target cell belongs can be adopted before the terminal device meets the handover condition.
  • the first beam information sends a downlink signal to the terminal device to reduce the base station beam scanning overhead to which the target cell belongs.
  • the base station to which the target cell belongs is triggered to send the downlink signal according to the second beam information, thereby facilitating the terminal device to obtain the measurement result of the downlink signal more quickly, so as to accelerate the process of the handover decision to meet the terminal device.
  • the requirement for delay is required to be used to reduce the base station beam scanning overhead to which the target cell belongs.
  • a second aspect of the embodiments of the present disclosure provides a method for processing mobility of a terminal device, where the base station sends a downlink signal to the terminal device by using the first beam information, and the base station receives the first indication information sent by the terminal device, where the first The indication information is used to indicate that the base station sends the downlink signal to the terminal device by using the second beam information, and the base station sends the downlink signal to the terminal device by using the second beam information.
  • At least one of a beam type and a beam scanning mode included in the first beam information and the second beam information is different; the beam type included in the first beam information is a first beam type or a second a beam type; the beam type included in the second beam information is a first beam type or a second beam type, where a transmission angle of a beam corresponding to the second beam type is smaller than a beam corresponding to a beam corresponding to the first beam type
  • the beam scanning mode included in the first beam information is a single beam scanning mode or a multiple beam parallel scanning mode; and the beam scanning mode included in the second beam information is a single beam scanning mode or a multiple beam parallel scanning mode.
  • the method further includes: sending, by the base station, the capability information of the serving cell and the capability information of the neighboring cell to the terminal device by using the first beam information;
  • the capability information of the serving cell includes at least one of the following: a mapping relationship between a beam type and a delay level supported by the serving cell, and a mapping relationship between a beam scanning mode and a delay level supported by the serving cell,
  • the capability information of the neighboring cell includes at least one of the following: a mapping relationship between a beam type and a delay level supported by the neighboring cell, and a mapping relationship between a beam scanning mode and a delay level supported by the neighboring cell.
  • the first indication information includes: the terminal device determining, according to a delay level of a current service and capability information of the serving cell, The second beam information or the identifier of the second beam information; the base station sends the downlink signal to the terminal device by using the second beam information, where the base station uses the terminal device according to the current service.
  • the second beam information determined by the delay level and the capability information of the serving cell, and the downlink signal is sent to the terminal device; when the base station is a base station to which the neighboring cell belongs, the The indication information includes: the second beam information or the identifier of the second beam information determined by the terminal device according to a delay level of the current service and capability information of the neighboring cell; Transmitting, by the second beam information, the downlink signal to the terminal device, including: the base station adopting, by the terminal device, a delay level according to a current service, and the neighboring The second beam information determined capability information area, and transmits to the terminal device of the downlink signal.
  • the base station sends the downlink signal to the terminal device by using the second beam information, where the base station sends the downlink to the terminal device by using the preset second beam information. signal.
  • the downlink signal includes at least one of the following: a synchronization channel and/or a beam reference signal BRS.
  • the sending, by the base station, the downlink signal to the terminal device by using the second beam information including: determining, by the base station, a coverage area corresponding to the second beam information according to location information of the terminal device
  • the base station sends the downlink signal to the terminal device by using the second beam information in a coverage area corresponding to the second beam information.
  • the first indication information includes: a coverage area corresponding to the first beam information, and the base station sends the downlink signal to the terminal device by using the second beam information, where: the base station The coverage corresponding to the first beam information is used as a coverage area corresponding to the second beam information; the base station is in the second The downlink information is sent to the terminal device by using the second beam information in a coverage area corresponding to the beam information.
  • the sending, by the base station, the downlink signal to the terminal device by using the second beam information the determining, by the base station, determining, by using the measurement of the first indication information, the first beam information a coverage area, and the coverage area corresponding to the first beam information is used as a coverage area corresponding to the second beam information; and the base station uses the second beam information in a coverage area corresponding to the second beam information.
  • the base station may determine the coverage area corresponding to the second beam information, and further, may use the second beam information to the terminal device within the coverage area corresponding to the second beam information.
  • the downlink signal is sent, and in the other coverage of the cell, the downlink information is still sent by using the first beam information to reduce the signaling overhead of the base station.
  • the receiving, by the base station, the first indication information that is sent by the terminal device where the base station receives, by the base station, the first sent by the terminal device when the measurement result of the downlink signal is less than or equal to a first preset threshold.
  • the terminal device is a terminal device that is performing cell camping, and after the base station sends the downlink signal to the terminal device by using the second beam information, the base station further includes: the base station and the terminal The device performs a random access procedure, and receives the second indication information sent by the terminal device, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the base station stops using the second beam information to send the downlink signal; the second indication information The identifier of the first beam information or the first beam information is included.
  • the terminal device is a terminal device that performs cell handover
  • the base station is a base station where the serving cell is located
  • the base station further includes: receiving, by the base station, a measurement result of the downlink signal reported by the terminal device; when the measurement result meets a cell handover condition, the base station sends a handover command to the terminal device; Instructing the terminal device to initiate a random access procedure to a base station where the target cell is located.
  • the base station further includes: sending, by the base station, first indication information to a base station where the target cell is located.
  • a third aspect of the present application provides a terminal device, including: a receiving module, configured to receive a downlink signal that is sent by a base station by using a first beam information, and a sending module, configured to send, according to a downlink signal that is sent by using the first beam information,
  • the base station sends the first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the base station sends the downlink signal to the terminal device by using the second beam information
  • the receiving module is further configured to receive the base station adopting The downlink signal sent by the second beam information.
  • the first beam information and the second beam information comprise different beam types and beam scanning modes, and the first beam information includes a first beam type or a second beam type.
  • a beam type; the beam type included in the second beam information is a first beam type or a second beam type, where a transmission angle of a beam corresponding to the second beam type is smaller than a beam corresponding to a beam corresponding to the first beam type
  • the beam scanning mode included in the first beam information is a single beam scanning mode or a multiple beam parallel scanning mode; and the beam scanning mode included in the second beam information is a single beam scanning mode or a multiple beam parallel scanning mode.
  • the receiving module is further configured to: before receiving the downlink signal that is sent by the base station by using the first beam information, receive capability information of the serving cell that is sent by the base station by using the first beam information, and capability information of the neighboring cell; Said
  • the capability information of the serving cell includes at least one of the following: a mapping relationship between a beam type and a delay level supported by the serving cell, and a mapping relationship between a beam scanning mode and a delay level supported by the serving cell,
  • the capability information of the neighboring cell includes at least one of the following: a mapping relationship between a beam type and a delay level supported by the neighboring cell, and a mapping relationship between a beam scanning mode and a delay level supported by the neighboring cell.
  • the terminal device further includes a processing module, where the processing module is specifically configured to: according to a delay level of the current service and capability information of the serving cell, when the base station is a base station to which the serving cell belongs Determining, by the second beam information, the first indicator information is sent to the base station according to the second beam information; the first indication information includes: the second beam information or the second beam information And the processing module is configured to determine the second beam information according to a delay level of the current service and capability information of the neighboring cell, where the base station is a base station to which the serving cell belongs; The sending module is configured to send the first indication information to the base station according to the second beam information, where the first indication information includes: an identifier of the second beam information or the second beam information.
  • the downlink signal includes at least one of the following: a synchronization channel and a beam reference signal BRS.
  • the processing module is configured to: when the measurement result of the downlink signal is less than or equal to the first preset threshold, instruct the sending module to send the first indication information to the base station.
  • the terminal device is a terminal device that is performing cell camping; the terminal device further includes a processing module, where the processing module is further configured to receive, by the receiving module, the second beam by the base station After the downlink signal is sent by the information, when the measurement result of the downlink signal is greater than the first preset threshold, the random access procedure is performed with the base station; and the sending module is configured to send the second to the base station Instructing information, the second indication information is used to indicate that the base station stops using the second beam information to send the downlink signal, and the second indication information includes: the identifier of the first beam information or the first beam information; The receiving module is further configured to continue to receive the downlink signal that is sent by the base station by using the first beam information, and the sending module is further configured to: when the measurement result of the downlink signal is less than a second preset threshold, Sending the first indication information to the base station again.
  • the processing module is further configured to receive, by the receiving module, the second beam by the base station After the downlink signal is sent by the information,
  • the terminal device is a terminal device that performs cell handover
  • the base station is a base station where the serving cell is located
  • the sending module is further configured to receive, by the receiving module, the second beam by using the second antenna After the downlink signal is sent by the information, the measurement result of the downlink signal is reported to the base station
  • the receiving module is further configured to: when the measurement result meets a cell handover condition, receive a handover command sent by the base station; The handover command is used to indicate that the terminal device accesses a target cell.
  • the terminal device is a terminal device that performs cell handover, where the base station is a base station where the target cell is located, and the sending module is configured to: when the measurement result of the downlink signal is less than a first preset threshold, The base station where the target cell is located sends the first indication information.
  • a fourth aspect of the present application provides a base station, including: a sending module, configured to send, by using a first beam information, a downlink signal to a terminal device, and a receiving module, configured to receive first indication information sent by the terminal device, where the An indication information is used to indicate that the base station sends the downlink signal to the terminal device by using the second beam information, and the sending module is further configured to send the downlink signal to the terminal device by using the second beam information.
  • the first beam information and the second beam information are different in at least one of a beam type and a beam scanning manner;
  • the first beam information includes a beam type that is a first beam type or a first beam type a second beam type;
  • the second beam information includes a beam type of a first beam type or a second beam type, wherein the second beam The transmission angle of the beam corresponding to the type is smaller than the transmission angle of the beam corresponding to the first beam type;
  • the beam scanning mode included in the first beam information is a single beam scanning mode or a multiple beam parallel scanning mode;
  • the second beam The beam scanning mode included in the information is a single beam scanning method or a multi beam parallel scanning method.
  • the sending module is further configured to: before using the first beam information to send the downlink signal to the terminal device, use the first beam information to send the capability information of the serving cell and the capability information of the neighboring cell to the terminal device; the service
  • the capability information of the cell includes at least one of the following: a mapping relationship between a beam type and a delay level supported by the serving cell, a mapping relationship between a beam scanning mode and a delay level supported by the serving cell, and the phase
  • the capability information of the neighboring cell includes at least one of the following: a mapping relationship between a beam type and a delay level supported by the neighboring cell, and a mapping relationship between a beam scanning mode and a delay level supported by the neighboring cell.
  • the first indication information includes: the terminal device determining, according to a delay level of a current service and capability information of the serving cell, The second beam information or the identifier of the second beam information; the sending module is specifically configured to use the second device determined by the terminal device according to a delay level of the current service and capability information of the serving cell And transmitting, by the beam information, the downlink signal to the terminal device;
  • the first indication information includes: a delay level and a location of the terminal device according to the current service The identifier of the second beam information or the second beam information determined by the capability information of the neighboring cell; the sending module is specifically configured to adopt, according to the delay level of the current service, the terminal device The second beam information determined by the capability information of the neighboring cell sends the downlink signal to the terminal device.
  • the sending module is configured to send the downlink signal to the terminal device by using the preset second beam information.
  • the downlink signal includes at least one of the following: a synchronization channel and/or a beam reference signal BRS.
  • the terminal device further includes: a processing module, where the processing module is configured to determine, according to location information of the terminal device, a coverage range corresponding to the second beam information; And transmitting, by the second beam information, the downlink signal to the terminal device in a coverage area corresponding to the second beam information.
  • the first indication information includes: a coverage area corresponding to the first beam information; and the processing module is specifically configured to use a coverage range corresponding to the first beam information as the second beam information.
  • the sending module is configured to send the downlink signal to the terminal device by using the second beam information in a coverage area corresponding to the second beam information.
  • the processing module is configured to determine, by using the measurement of the first indication information, a coverage area corresponding to the first beam information, and use the coverage area corresponding to the first beam information as the a coverage area corresponding to the second beam information, where the sending module is configured to send the downlink signal to the terminal device by using the second beam information in a coverage area corresponding to the second beam information.
  • the receiving module is configured to receive first indication information that is sent by the terminal device when the measurement result of the downlink signal is less than or equal to a first preset threshold.
  • the terminal device is a terminal device that is performing cell camping; the processing module is further configured to: after the sending module sends the downlink signal to the terminal device by using the second beam information, Performing a random access procedure with the terminal device; the receiving module is configured to receive second indication information that is sent by the terminal device, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the base station stops using the second beam information to send the And the second indication information includes: the identifier of the first beam information or the first beam information.
  • the terminal device is a terminal device that performs cell handover, where the base station is a serving cell.
  • Base station is a serving cell.
  • the receiving module is further configured to: after the transmitting module sends the downlink signal to the terminal device by using the second beam information, receive a measurement result of the downlink signal reported by the terminal device; The module is further configured to: when the measurement result meets a cell handover condition, send a handover command to the terminal device; the handover command is used to instruct the terminal device to initiate a random access procedure to a base station where the target cell is located.
  • the sending module is further configured to: after the receiving module receives the first indication information sent by the terminal device, send the first indication information to the base station where the target cell is located.
  • a fifth aspect of the embodiments of the present application provides a terminal device, where the terminal device includes a processor and a memory, where the processor and the memory are connected by a bus; wherein the memory is used to store computer executable program code, where The program code includes instructions that, when executed by the processor, cause the terminal device to perform the method provided by the first aspect of the present application.
  • a sixth aspect of the embodiments of the present application provides a base station, where the base station includes a processor and a memory, where the processor and the memory are connected by a bus; wherein the memory is used to store computer executable program code, the program The code includes instructions that, when executed by the processor, cause the base station to perform the method provided by the second aspect of the present application.
  • a seventh aspect of the embodiments of the present application provides a terminal device, including at least one processing element (or chip) for performing the method of the above first aspect.
  • An eighth aspect of the embodiments of the present application provides a base station, comprising at least one processing element (or chip) for performing the method of the above second aspect.
  • a ninth aspect of the embodiments of the present application provides a program for performing the method of the above first aspect when executed by a processor.
  • a tenth aspect of the embodiments of the present application provides a program product, such as a computer readable storage medium, comprising the program of the ninth aspect.
  • An eleventh aspect of the embodiments of the present application provides a program for performing the method of the above second aspect when executed by a processor.
  • a twelfth aspect of the embodiments of the present application provides a program product, such as a computer readable storage medium, including the program of the eleventh aspect.
  • the terminal device mobility processing method, the terminal device, and the base station provided by the embodiment of the present application, when the base station sends the downlink signal for the terminal device to perform mobility management to the terminal device by using the first beam information, the terminal device may send the An indication information, so that the base station can retransmit the downlink signal to the terminal device by using the second beam information. That is, the base station can transmit the downlink signal applicable to the terminal device to the terminal device in a targeted manner according to the requirements of the terminal device, and increase the manner in which the base station sends the downlink signal to the terminal device, which satisfies the requirements of different terminal devices.
  • FIG. 1 is an application scenario diagram provided by an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram 1 of a beam scanning method according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 3 is a second schematic diagram of a beam scanning manner according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 4 is a signaling flowchart of a method for processing mobility of a terminal device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 5 is a signaling flowchart of another method for processing mobility of a terminal device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 6 is a signaling flowchart of still another method for processing mobility of a terminal device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 7 is a signaling flowchart of still another method for processing mobility of a terminal device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of a base station according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of another terminal device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of another base station according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 12 is a block diagram showing a partial structure of a terminal device when the terminal device is a mobile phone according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • a plurality means two or more.
  • "and/or” describing the association relationship of the associated objects, indicating that there may be three relationships, for example, A and/or B, which may indicate that there are three cases where A exists separately, A and B exist at the same time, and B exists separately.
  • the character "/" generally indicates that the contextual object is an "or" relationship.
  • the terminal device involved in the embodiment of the present application may be a device that provides voice and/or data connectivity to a user, a handheld device with a wireless connection function, or other processing device connected to a wireless modem.
  • the wireless terminal can communicate with one or more core networks via a Radio Access Network (RAN), which can be a mobile terminal, such as a mobile phone (or "cellular" phone) and a computer with a mobile terminal.
  • RAN Radio Access Network
  • RAN Radio Access Network
  • it may be a portable, pocket, handheld, computer built-in or in-vehicle mobile device that exchanges language and/or data with a wireless access network.
  • a wireless terminal may also be called a system, a subscriber unit, a subscriber station, a mobile station, a mobile station, a remote station, an access point, or an access point.
  • Remote Terminal Access Terminal, User Terminal, User Agent, User Device, or User Equipment.
  • the base station involved in the embodiment of the present application may be configured to convert a received air frame and an IP packet into a router between the wireless terminal and the rest of the access network, where the rest of the access network may include an internet protocol. (IP) network.
  • IP internet protocol
  • the base station can also coordinate attribute management of the air interface.
  • the base station may be a Base Transceiver Station (BTS) in GSM or CDMA, or may be a base station (NodeB) in WCDMA, or may be an evolved base station (eNB or e-NodeB, evolutional Node B) in LTE. This application is not limited.
  • base stations and terminal devices can communicate using high-frequency signals, that is, base stations
  • the downlink signal sent by the terminal device and the uplink signal sent by the terminal device to the base station are all high frequency signals.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the base station and the terminal device may be sent by beamforming.
  • High frequency signal is an antenna array-based signal pre-processing technique, that is, beamforming can generate a directional beam by adjusting the weighting coefficients of each array element in the antenna array, thereby obtaining a distinct array. Gain. Therefore, the base station and the terminal device adopt the beam forming side.
  • the coverage of the cell can be expanded, and the throughput of the cell edge can be improved.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram 1 of a beam scanning manner according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram 2 of a beam scanning manner according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the downlink signal is broadcasted by the beam scanning method, and the downlink signal can also be broadcasted by the multi-beam parallel scanning method shown in FIG.
  • the scanning subframe is a wireless subframe for transmitting a downlink signal for terminal device mobility management, and the scanning subframe may be one wireless subframe or multiple wireless subframes.
  • the base station when the base station uses the single-beam scanning mode to transmit the downlink signal on the scanning subframe, the base station may use one beam to send the downlink signal to one direction of the serving cell on each symbol of the scanning subframe. Then, the base station continues to transmit the downlink signal to the other direction of the serving cell by using one beam on the next symbol after the symbol, until the downlink signal sent by the base station can cover the entire serving cell. Since the width of one beam is in one-to-one correspondence with the coverage of the beam on the serving cell, the width of one beam used by the base station may be specifically determined according to the coverage of the serving cell and/or the number of symbols of the scanned subframe.
  • the base station may use multiple beams to send the downlink to multiple directions of the serving cell on each symbol of the scanning subframe. signal. Then, the base station continues to use the multiple beams to transmit the downlink signal to other multiple directions of the serving cell on the next symbol after the symbol, until the downlink signal sent by the base station can cover the entire serving cell or a part of the serving cell.
  • the multiple beams used by the base station at one time may be multiple adjacent beams, or may be multiple non-adjacent beams (ie, any two beams are not adjacent, or only partial beams are adjacent, and other parts are Beams are not adjacent, etc.).
  • 3 is a schematic diagram of a base station transmitting downlink signals to four adjacent directions of a serving cell using four adjacent beams on each symbol of a scanned subframe.
  • the base station adopts the multi-beam parallel scanning mode to transmit the downlink signal and the single-beam scanning mode to transmit the downlink signal, and the multi-beam parallel scanning mode to transmit the downlink signal improves the efficiency of the base station broadcasting the downlink signal on the entire serving cell. , reducing the delay of broadcasting the downlink signal.
  • the base station since the base station transmits the downlink signal by using the multi-beam parallel scanning method, multiple signals are used to transmit the downlink signal on each symbol, so that the power consumption of the base station is large.
  • the base station may use the multi-beam parallel scanning mode to transmit the downlink signal, or when the single-beam scanning mode is used to transmit the downlink signal, the base station may also use different width beams (ie, different beam types).
  • the base station uses a wider beam to transmit the downlink signal, the base station can cover the coverage of the entire serving cell by using a smaller number of beams, thereby reducing the signaling overhead of the base station.
  • the coverage of the beam ie, the length of the cell antenna
  • the strength of the terminal device is reduced, which in turn reduces the probability that the terminal device successfully receives the downlink signal.
  • the method for processing mobility of a terminal device is to solve the technical problem of how a base station in a cell using a high frequency signal sends a downlink signal to a terminal device.
  • FIG. 4 is a signaling flowchart of a method for processing mobility of a terminal device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the embodiment relates to how the base station sends the downlink signal to the terminal device when the first beam information is used by the base station.
  • the method includes:
  • the base station sends the downlink signal to the terminal device by using the first beam information.
  • the base station and the terminal device are base stations and terminal devices that communicate by means of high-frequency signals and adopt beamforming.
  • the base station currently uses the first beam information to send a downlink signal to the terminal device.
  • the downlink signal may be a downlink signal used for mobility management of the terminal device, that is, based on the measurement of the downlink signal by the terminal device, the mobile behavior such as cell camping, cell reselection, and cell handover may be determined.
  • the downlink signal may be, for example, any one of the following: a synchronization channel, a Beamforming Reference Signal (BRS), a channel state information reference signal, and the like.
  • BRS Beamforming Reference Signal
  • the first beam information may include beam-related information, such as beam type and/or beam scanning mode, beam index or beam identification, and the like.
  • the beam type mentioned herein may include, for example, any one of a first beam type and a second beam type, wherein a beam angle corresponding to a beam size of the second beam type is smaller than a beam angle of a beam corresponding to the first beam type, that is, a The beam corresponding to the two beam types is narrower than the beam corresponding to the first beam type.
  • the beam scanning method referred to herein may include, for example, any one of a single beam scanning method and a multi beam parallel scanning method.
  • the beam scanning mode of the first beam information may be a preset beam scanning mode, when the first beam information only includes the beam scanning mode.
  • the beam type involved in the foregoing first beam information may be a preset beam type.
  • the first beam information may include: downlink signal transmission power and/or downlink signal transmission period, and the like.
  • the beam type is related to the downlink signal transmission power, that is, the transmission powers of the beams of different widths are different, and thus the transmission power of the downlink signals transmitted by the beams of different widths is different.
  • the beam scanning mode is related to the downlink signal transmission period. That is, in different scanning modes, the interval lengths at which the base station sends the downlink signals in the same direction are different. Therefore, the transmission periods of the downlink signals transmitted by using different scanning modes are different.
  • the downlink signal transmission period involved in the first beam information may be a preset downlink signal transmission period
  • the downlink signal transmission power involved in the first beam information may be a preset downlink signal transmission power
  • the terminal device receives the downlink signal.
  • the terminal device sends the first indication information to the base station according to the downlink signal that is sent by using the first beam information.
  • the terminal device may send the first indication information to the base station according to the downlink signal sent by using the first beam information, to indicate that the base station uses the second beam information.
  • the downlink signal is sent to the terminal device.
  • the second beam information may be beam information different from the first beam information.
  • the second beam information may be different from a beam type and/or a beam scanning mode included in the first beam information. That is, the second beam information may be different from the beam type carried in the first beam information. Alternatively, the second beam information is different from the beam scanning mode carried in the first beam information. Alternatively, the second beam information may be different from the beam type and the beam scanning mode carried in the first beam information.
  • the embodiment does not limit how the terminal device instructs the base station to use the second indicator information to send the downlink signal to the terminal device by using the first indication information.
  • the foregoing terminal device may carry the beam type and/or the beam scanning manner included in the second beam information in the first A manner of indicating information to instruct the base station to use the second beam information to send the downlink signal to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device may further include the index information of the beam type and/or the index information of the beam scanning mode included in the second beam information in the first indication information, to indicate that the base station sends the downlink to the terminal device by using the second beam information. signal.
  • the terminal device may further carry the index information of the second beam information in the first indication information, to indicate that the base station sends the downlink signal or the like to the terminal device by using the second beam information.
  • the second beam information may be sent with the downlink signal transmission power and/or the downlink signal included in the first beam information.
  • the cycle is different. That is, the second beam information is different from the downlink signal transmission power carried in the first beam information.
  • the second beam information is different from the downlink signal transmission period carried in the first beam information.
  • the second beam information and the downlink signal transmission power and the downlink signal transmission period carried in the first beam information are different.
  • the base station receives the first indication information.
  • the base station sends the downlink signal to the terminal device by using the second beam information.
  • the base station may retransmit the downlink signal to the terminal device by using the second beam information according to the first indication information, so that the terminal device can receive the used by the base station.
  • the downlink signal sent by the second beam information may be retransmit the downlink signal to the terminal device by using the second beam information according to the first indication information, so that the terminal device can receive the used by the base station.
  • the first beam information includes a first beam type
  • the second beam information includes a second beam type.
  • the transmit angle of the beam corresponding to the second beam type is smaller than the transmit angle of the beam corresponding to the first beam type. That is, the beam corresponding to the second beam type is narrower than the beam corresponding to the first beam type.
  • the signal strength of the base station when transmitting the downlink signal by using the second beam type is higher than that when the downlink signal is transmitted by using the first beam type, thereby improving the probability that the terminal device successfully receives the downlink signal.
  • the first beam information includes the second beam type
  • the first beam information includes the first beam type
  • a smaller number may be used.
  • the beam transmits a downlink signal to the entire serving cell. Therefore, the signaling overhead when the base station transmits the downlink signal by using the first beam type is lower than the signaling overhead when the downlink signal is sent by using the second beam type, and the base station's signaling is reduced. Make the cost.
  • the first beam information is different from the beam scanning mode included in the second beam information, and the first beam information includes a single beam scanning mode, and the second beam information includes a multi-beam parallel scanning mode.
  • the base station transmits the downlink signal by using the multi-beam parallel scanning mode, the base station can send the downlink signal to the serving cell in multiple directions at a time, so that the time for the terminal device to receive the downlink signal sent by the base station is shortened, and the time is improved.
  • the efficiency of receiving the downlink signal by the terminal device reduces the delay of the terminal device receiving the downlink signal.
  • the base station can send the downlink signal to one direction of the serving cell by using only one beam at a time, Therefore, the power consumption of the base station can be reduced.
  • the first beam information includes a first beam type and a single beam scanning mode
  • the second beam information includes a second beam type.
  • multi-beam parallel scanning when the base station transmits the downlink signal by using the second beam type, the signal strength is higher than when the downlink signal is transmitted by using the first beam type, and the base station transmits the downlink signal by using the multi-beam parallel scanning mode.
  • the time for the terminal device to receive the downlink signal sent by the base station is shortened, so that not only can The probability of the terminal device successfully receiving the downlink signal is improved, and the efficiency of the terminal device receiving the downlink signal is also improved, and the delay of the terminal device receiving the downlink signal is reduced.
  • the base station uses the second beam information to send the downlink signal to the terminal device.
  • the beam type and/or beam scanning mode included in the foregoing first beam information and second beam information refer to the beam type and/or beam scanning mode included in the foregoing first beam information and second beam information.
  • the base station can send the downlink signal to the terminal device by using different beam information according to the first indication information sent by the terminal device. That is, the base station can transmit the downlink signal applicable to the terminal device to the terminal device in a targeted manner according to the requirements of the terminal device, so as to prevent the terminal device from using a beam information to transmit the downlink signal to all the terminal devices of the serving cell, causing some terminal devices to be generated. There is a case where the signal cannot be correctly received or the signal received by the terminal device cannot satisfy the delay, or the overhead of the base station and the hardware cost increase.
  • the terminal device receives the downlink signal.
  • the terminal device may perform a mobile behavior decision such as cell camping, cell reselection, and cell handover based on the measurement of the downlink signal.
  • the terminal device may send the first indication information to the base station,
  • the base station can use the second beam information to retransmit the downlink signal to the terminal device. That is, the base station can transmit the downlink signal applicable to the terminal device to the terminal device in a targeted manner according to the requirements of the terminal device, and increase the manner in which the base station sends the downlink signal to the terminal device, which satisfies the requirements of different terminal devices.
  • FIG. 5 is a signaling flowchart of another method for processing mobility of a terminal device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the embodiment relates to a specific process in which the base station sends the capability information of the serving cell and the capability information of the neighboring cell to the terminal device before the base station sends the downlink signal to the terminal device by using the first beam information.
  • the method includes:
  • the base station sends the capability information of the serving cell and the capability information of the neighboring cell to the terminal device by using the first beam information.
  • the capability information of the serving cell may include at least one of the following types: a beam type and a delay supported by the serving cell, when the first beam information and the second beam information include a beam type and/or a beam scanning mode.
  • the mapping relationship between the level of the mapping, the beam scanning mode supported by the serving cell, and the delay level, or only the mapping between the beam scanning mode and the delay level supported by the serving cell may be determined according to the system configuration.
  • the capability information of the foregoing neighboring cell may include at least one of the following: a mapping relationship between a beam type and a delay level supported by the neighboring cell, and a mapping relationship between a beam scanning mode and a delay level supported by the neighboring cell, Can be determined according to the system configuration.
  • the capability information of the serving cell may include at least one of the following information: a downlink signal transmission power supported by the serving cell.
  • the capability information of the foregoing neighboring cell may include at least one of the following: a mapping relationship between a downlink signal transmission power and a delay level supported by the neighboring cell, and a mapping of a downlink signal transmission period and a delay level supported by the neighboring cell. Relationships can be determined based on system configuration.
  • the base station may first send the capability information of the serving cell and the capability information of the neighboring cell to the terminal device by using the first beam information.
  • the base station may use the first beam information to send the capability information of the serving cell and the capability information of the neighboring cell to the terminal device by using Radio Resource Control (RRC) signaling.
  • RRC Radio Resource Control
  • the base station may also use the first beam information to send the capability information of the serving cell and the capability information of the neighboring cell to the terminal device by using a broadcast message.
  • the base station may also use the first beam information to send one of the foregoing capability information to the terminal device through RRC signaling, and send another capability information to the terminal device or the like through the broadcast message.
  • the present embodiment does not limit how the base station acquires the capability information of the neighboring cell.
  • the base station may interact with the base station to which the other cell belongs by using the interface between the base stations to obtain capability information of other cells.
  • the terminal device receives capability information of the serving cell and capability information of the neighboring cell.
  • the terminal device may be based on the delay level of the current service, and the capability information of the serving cell or the capability information of the neighboring cell. And determining, by the terminal device, which downlink information is sent by using the beam information, so that the base station can send the downlink signal by using beam information that is adapted to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device may determine the second beam information according to the delay level of the current service of the terminal and the capability information of the serving cell, before the base station sends the first indication information, so that the terminal device can
  • the first indication information is sent to the base station according to the second beam information
  • the identifier of the second beam information or the second beam information for example, index information, a preset number indicating the second beam information, etc.
  • the indication information is sent to the base station to instruct the base station to send the downlink signal to the terminal device by using the second beam information.
  • the base station may use the second beam information determined by the terminal device according to the delay level of the current service to send the downlink signal to the terminal device again, so that the terminal device receives the downlink.
  • the delay of the signal can meet the needs of the current service of the terminal device.
  • the terminal device may, according to the delay level and phase of the current service of the terminal itself, before transmitting the first indication information to the base station.
  • the capability information of the neighboring cell determines the second beam information, so that the terminal device can send the first indication information to the base station according to the second beam information, and the identifier of the second beam information or the second beam information (for example, index information, The preset number indicating the second beam information, etc., is carried in the first indication information and sent to the base station, to instruct the base station to use the second beam information to send the downlink signal to the terminal device.
  • the base station may use the second beam information determined by the terminal device according to the delay level of the current service to send the downlink signal to the terminal device again, so that the terminal device receives the downlink.
  • the delay of the signal can meet the needs of the current service of the terminal device.
  • the base station may not send the downlink signal to the terminal device before using the first beam information.
  • the device sends capability information of the serving cell and capability information of the neighboring cell.
  • the base station can directly retransmit the downlink signal to the terminal device by using the preset second beam information, so that the terminal device receives the second beam information transmission.
  • the terminal device receives the downlink signal
  • the delay can still meet the requirements of the current service of the terminal device. While satisfying the delay requirement of the terminal device, the signaling interaction between the terminal device and the base station can be reduced, and the communication efficiency is improved.
  • the terminal device may further send the capability information of the terminal device to the base station.
  • the capability indication information of the terminal device is used to indicate to the base station beam information supported by the terminal device, such as a beam type, a beam scanning mode, a downlink signal sending power, a downlink signal scanning period, and the like.
  • the base station can select the beam information that is adapted to the terminal device according to the capability information of the terminal device and the current wireless condition of the terminal device, and send the downlink signal to the terminal device, so that The terminal device can correctly receive the downlink signal, which improves the success rate of the terminal device receiving the downlink signal.
  • the base station may send the capability information of the serving cell to the terminal device, And the capability information of the neighboring cell, so that the terminal device can determine the second beam information to be used by the base station according to the delay level of the current service and the capability information of the cell corresponding to the base station, and the second beam information is used.
  • the information is sent to the base station in the first indication information, so that the base station can retransmit the downlink signal to the terminal device by using the second beam information, so that the delay of the terminal device when receiving the downlink signal can meet the current service of the terminal device. demand.
  • Example 1 A terminal device is a terminal device (ie, a terminal device in an Idle state) in which a cell resides.
  • FIG. 6 is a signaling flowchart of still another method for processing mobility of a terminal device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the first beam information includes a first beam type and the second beam information includes a second beam type. That is, the transmission angle of the beam corresponding to the second beam type is smaller than the transmission angle of the beam corresponding to the first beam type. That is to say, the beam corresponding to the second beam type is narrower than the beam corresponding to the first beam type.
  • the downlink signal is BRS.
  • the embodiment relates to a specific process of how the base station sends the downlink signal to the terminal device by using the second beam information according to the first indication information sent by the terminal device. As shown in FIG. 6, the method includes:
  • the base station sends the BRS to the terminal device by using the first beam information.
  • the base station currently uses the first beam information to send the BRS to the terminal device.
  • the first beam type included in the first beam information corresponds to a wider beam.
  • the wider the beam the larger the coverage of the beam. Therefore, when the base station transmits the BRS by using the first beam type, the base station can cover the coverage of the entire serving cell by using a smaller number of beams, thereby reducing the signaling overhead of the base station.
  • the terminal device receives the BRS.
  • the terminal device sends the first indication information to the base station according to the BRS that is sent by using the first beam information.
  • the terminal device may send the first indication information to the base station when the measurement result of the BRS is less than or equal to the first preset threshold.
  • the first preset threshold is used to determine whether the current cell meets the camping condition. Therefore, the first preset threshold may be specifically determined according to a threshold value of any measurement parameter of the cell reference signal.
  • the first preset threshold may be a threshold value of a reference signal receiving power (RSRP), and the first preset threshold may also be a reference signal receiving quality (Reference Signal Receiving Quality, Abbreviation: RSRQ) threshold value, etc.
  • RSRP reference signal receiving power
  • RSRQ Reference Signal Receiving Quality, Abbreviation
  • the terminal device can measure the BRS by using an existing measurement manner. If the measurement result of the BRS is greater than the first preset threshold, It indicates that the BRS signal currently received by the terminal device is relatively high or the quality is good, that is, the current cell satisfies the camping condition. At this time, the terminal device may select the cell to camp, that is, the terminal device may directly initiate a cell resident procedure to the base station. If the measurement result of the BRS is less than or equal to the first preset threshold, it indicates that the BRS signal currently received by the terminal device is weak or the quality is relatively poor, and the condition of the cell camp cannot be met.
  • the terminal device may send the first indication information to the base station to instruct the base station to use the second beam information to retransmit the BRS to the terminal device, that is, to transmit the BRS again by using a beam narrower than the beam corresponding to the current beam type.
  • the narrower the beam the higher the transmit power of the beam. Therefore, in this manner, when the base station transmits the BRS by using a wider beam, the strength of the BRS is weak due to the wider beam, so that the measurement result of the BRS by the terminal device cannot meet the condition of the cell camping, resulting in the terminal. The condition that the device cannot reside.
  • the embodiment does not limit when the terminal device sends the first indication information to the base station, for example, the terminal device may send the base station to the base station immediately after determining that the measurement result of the BRS is less than or equal to the first preset threshold. First indication information.
  • the terminal device may continue to measure the BRS sent by the base station for a preset duration. If the BRS measurement result is still less than the first preset threshold when the preset duration is reached, the first indication information is sent to the base station.
  • the terminal device may further send the first indication information and the like to the base station before the random access procedure needs to be performed.
  • the terminal device can receive the BRS signal sent by the base station, the terminal device can receive the BRS signal sent by the base station to which the other cell belongs.
  • the terminal device currently measures the BRS signal sent by the base station to which the multiple cells belong, and determines that the multiple cells do not satisfy the camping condition.
  • the terminal device may send the first indication information by means of a broadcast, so that the current base station and the base station to which the other cell belongs can receive the first indication information, so that the base station can adopt the second beam information.
  • the BRS of the cell under its jurisdiction is transmitted to the terminal device.
  • the second beam information may be a preset beam information on all base stations.
  • the terminal device may further send the first indication information only to the foregoing base station.
  • the terminal device may further determine the delay level of the current service according to the delay level of the current service.
  • the capability information of the current cell, the second beam information is determined, and the index information of the second beam information or the second beam information is carried in the first indication information and sent to the base station.
  • the first indication information sent by the terminal device to the base station may be used for indicating
  • the second beam information used by the base station sends the BRS to the terminal device.
  • the base station receives the first indication information.
  • the base station sends the BRS to the terminal device by using the second beam information.
  • the base station may The BRS is sent to the terminal device by using the second beam information corresponding to the determined second beam information or the index information of the second beam information. If the first indicator information does not carry the index information of the second beam information or the second beam information, the base station may send the BRS to the terminal device by using the preset second wave speed information.
  • the foregoing base station may use the beam type in the second beam information and the original beam scanning mode to send the BRS within the coverage of the serving cell.
  • the foregoing base station may further send the BRS in the coverage of the serving cell by using the first beam information while transmitting the BRS in the coverage of the serving cell by using the second beam information.
  • the time and/or the transmission period for transmitting the BRS by using the first beam information and the second beam information may be different.
  • the foregoing base station may determine the location information of the terminal device in an existing manner, so that the base station may determine, according to the location information of the terminal device, a coverage range corresponding to the second beam information (ie, an area where the terminal device is located). After determining the coverage corresponding to the second beam information, the base station may directly send the BRS (ie, the downlink signal) to the terminal device in the coverage corresponding to the second beam information, and perform other coverage in the cell. In the range, the BRS is still sent by using the first beam information to reduce the signaling overhead of the base station.
  • the BRS ie, the downlink signal
  • the base station may further determine, by using the measurement of the first indication information, a coverage area corresponding to the first beam information, and use a coverage area corresponding to the first beam information as a coverage area corresponding to the second beam information.
  • the base station may directly send the BRS (ie, the downlink signal) to the terminal device in the coverage corresponding to the second beam information, and perform other coverage in the cell.
  • the BRS is still transmitted using the first beam information.
  • the above-mentioned base station determines the coverage of the first beam information by using the measurement of the first indication information. For details, refer to the prior art.
  • the base station may use the coverage area corresponding to the first beam information as the coverage corresponding to the second beam information after receiving the first indication information.
  • the range, and further, the second beam information is used to send the BRS to the terminal device in the coverage area corresponding to the second beam information, and the BRS is still sent by using the first beam information in other coverage areas of the cell.
  • the terminal device receives the BRS.
  • the terminal device performs a random access procedure with the base station when the measurement result of the BRS is greater than the first preset threshold.
  • the terminal device After the terminal device receives the BRS sent by the base station by using the second beam information, if the terminal device determines that the measurement result of the BRS is greater than the first preset threshold by using the BRS measurement, the terminal device currently receives the BRS.
  • the signal strength is relatively high or the quality is better, that is, the current cell satisfies the camping condition.
  • the terminal device may select the cell to camp, that is, the terminal device may perform a cell camping process with the base station according to the system information of the cell (the cell resident process is a prior art, and details are not described herein again).
  • the system information may be system information that is sent by the base station while transmitting the BRS by using the first beam information, and may also be system information that is sent by the base station while transmitting the BRS by using the second beam information.
  • the system information may include information required for performing cell camping, for example, physical random access channel (Physical Random Access Channel, PRACH) resource configuration information, random preamble configuration information, and the like.
  • PRACH Physical Random Access Channel
  • the foregoing system information may further include: a beam type in the first beam information, a beam scanning mode, a beam sending period, a switching time of different beam types, and the like. one or more.
  • the terminal device can estimate, according to the information, when the base station sends the BRS to the area where the terminal device is located, so that the terminal device can only The area sends the BRS to monitor the BRS, which improves the efficiency of the terminal device to obtain the BRS and reduces the power consumption of the terminal device.
  • the base station may further indicate the beam type by using different BRSs, for example, by using one or more of different BRS sequences, time-frequency domain resources, beam identifiers, and the like.
  • the beam type of the beam may be indicated by using different BRSs, for example, by using one or more of different BRS sequences, time-frequency domain resources, beam identifiers, and the like.
  • the terminal device may send the second indication information to the base station, and the second indication information may include the identifier of the first beam information or the first beam information (for example, index information)
  • the preset number indicating the first beam information is used to indicate that the base station stops transmitting the BRS (ie, the downlink signal) by using the second beam information.
  • the base station may stop using the second beam information to send the BRS, and continue to use the first beam information to send the BRS in the coverage of the cell. Due to the first beam information
  • the beam size corresponding to the first beam type is wider, and the beam is wider, and the coverage of the beam is larger.
  • the base station when the base station transmits the BRS by using the first beam type, the base station can cover the whole by using a small number of beams. The coverage of the serving cell reduces the signaling overhead of the base station. In this way, after the cell is camped on, the terminal device can continue to receive the BRS (ie, the downlink signal) sent by the base station by using the first beam information in real time or periodically.
  • the BRS ie, the downlink signal
  • the first indication information may be sent to the base station where the current cell is located and/or the base station where the neighboring cell is located, that is, the foregoing S303-S307 is re-executed. So that the terminal device can re-select the appropriate cell to camp based on the new measurement result.
  • the above example is a processing method of terminal device mobility as an example in which the first beam information and the second beam information include different beam types.
  • the terminal device may also use the first beam information at the base station.
  • the BRS is sent, when the terminal device determines that the received BRS cannot meet the delay level of the current service, the terminal device may also trigger the base station to meet the current terminal device according to the current service delay level and the current cell capability information.
  • the second beam information of the delay class of the service sends the BRS to the terminal device, so that the delay of the terminal device when receiving the downlink signal can meet the requirement of the current service of the terminal device.
  • first indication information and the second indication information may also be the same message, where the message is used to indicate that the terminal device performs the switching of the beam information.
  • the base station receives the indication information when using the first beam information, Switching to transmitting the downlink signal using the second beam information.
  • the base station switches to transmit the downlink signal by using the first beam information.
  • the first indication information and the second indication information may also directly indicate the beam information used by the base station, for example, the first indication information includes first beam information, and the second indication information includes second beam information, so that the base station according to the first indication information Or the downlink information indicated by the second indication information is sent by the downlink information.
  • the base station can transmit downlink signals using the same beam information or different beam information.
  • the terminal device 1 and the terminal device 2 both transmit the downlink signal using the first beam information, or transmit the downlink signal for the terminal device 1 using the first beam information, and transmit the downlink signal for the terminal device 2 using the second beam information.
  • the foregoing example shows a case where the base station triggers the base station to retransmit the BRS to the terminal device by using the second beam information according to the first indication information sent by the terminal device.
  • the base station can directly decide whether to use the second beam information to send the BRS to the terminal device based on the measurement result of the uplink beam reference signal sent by the terminal device.
  • the base station may directly send the BRS to the terminal device by using the second beam information, and may also send the indication information to the terminal device to instruct the terminal device to send the first indication information to the base station.
  • the implementation principle and the technical effect are similar to those in the foregoing embodiment, and details are not described herein again.
  • the terminal device mobility processing method when the base station uses the first beam information to send the downlink signal for the terminal device to perform mobility management to the terminal device, the terminal device
  • the first indication information may be sent to the base station when the measurement result of the downlink signal does not meet the cell camping condition, so that the base station may retransmit the second beam information that is narrower than the first beam information to the terminal device.
  • the downlink signal is such that the terminal device can perform a cell camping process with the base station according to the measurement result of the downlink signal.
  • the terminal device can trigger the base station to use different beam information to transmit the downlink signal based on the radio condition in which the terminal device is located, instead of the base station always transmitting the downlink signal in the coverage of the serving cell by using the narrower beam, thereby reducing the base station signal.
  • the cost and the cost enable the terminal equipment with different wireless conditions to successfully complete the cell camping, thereby improving the success rate of the terminal equipment cell camping.
  • Example 2 A terminal device is a terminal device that is performing cell handover.
  • FIG. 7 is a signaling flowchart of still another method for processing mobility of a terminal device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the first beam information includes a first beam type and a single beam scanning mode
  • the second beam information includes a second beam type and a multi-beam scanning mode.
  • the downlink signal is BRS.
  • the embodiment relates to a specific process of how the base station sends the downlink signal to the terminal device by using the second beam information according to the first indication information sent by the terminal device. As shown in FIG. 7, the method includes:
  • the base station sends the BRS to the terminal device by using the first beam information.
  • the base station currently uses the first beam information to send the BRS to the terminal device.
  • the beam corresponding to the first beam type included in the first beam information is wider, and the beam scanning mode included in the first beam information is a single beam scanning mode.
  • the wider the beam the larger the coverage of the beam. Therefore, when the base station transmits the BRS by using the first beam type, the base station can cover the coverage of the entire serving cell by using a smaller number of beams, thereby reducing the signaling overhead of the base station.
  • the beam scanning mode corresponding to the first beam information is a single beam scanning mode, that is, the base station transmits only one beam on one symbol of the scanning subframe, so that the power consumption of the base station is low.
  • the terminal device receives the BRS.
  • the terminal device sends the first indication information to the base station according to the BRS sent by using the first beam information.
  • the terminal device may send the first indication information to the base station when the measurement result of the BRS is less than or equal to the first preset threshold.
  • the first preset threshold is used to determine whether the terminal device needs to perform cell handover. Therefore, the foregoing first preset threshold may be specifically determined according to a threshold value of any measurement parameter of the cell reference signal.
  • the first preset threshold may be a threshold of a cell RSRP, and the first preset threshold may also be a threshold of a cell RSRQ.
  • the size of the first preset threshold may be the same as the size of the first preset threshold in the first example, or may be different, and may be determined according to the cell handover condition and the cell camping condition.
  • the terminal device can measure the BRS by using an existing measurement manner. If the measurement result of the BRS is greater than the first preset threshold, the strength of the BRS signal currently received by the terminal device is relatively high or the quality is good, that is, the terminal device can still maintain the current cell without switching. That is to say, the terminal device does not currently satisfy the handover condition, and the terminal device can continue to monitor the BRS sent by the base station by using the first beam information.
  • the terminal device may determine, according to the delay level of the current service, and the capability information of the base station to which the current serving cell belongs, the BRS that needs to be received by the base station to use the second beam information.
  • the second beam information includes: a second beam type and a multi-beam parallel scanning mode.
  • the terminal device may send the first indication information that carries the second beam information to the base station, to indicate that the base station uses the second beam information to retransmit the BRS to the terminal device, and the terminal may further carry the beam index information to indicate that the base station uses the second beam.
  • the information transmits the BRS to the terminal device in the specified one or more beams. That is, the BRS is transmitted again using a beam that is narrower than the beam corresponding to the current beam type, and a faster beam scanning mode (ie, a multi-beam parallel scanning mode).
  • a faster beam scanning mode ie, a multi-beam parallel scanning mode
  • the base station can use the first beam information to send the BRS to the terminal device before the terminal device satisfies the handover condition, so as to reduce the base station beam scanning overhead.
  • the triggering base station sends the BRS according to the second beam information, thereby facilitating the terminal device to obtain the BRS measurement result faster, so as to accelerate the process of the handover decision.
  • the base station receives the first indication information.
  • the base station sends the first indication information to a base station to which the target cell belongs.
  • the base station determines that the second beam information needs to be used to send the BRS to the terminal device, and the base station may further send the first indication information to the base station where the one or more target cells are located, thereby The base station where the one or more target cells are located may use the second beam information to send the BRS of the one or more target cells to the terminal device.
  • the base station may also carry beam index information to indicate that the base station where the target cell is located uses the second beam information to send the BRS to the terminal device in the specified one or more beams.
  • the terminal device not only can quickly obtain the BRS of the current serving cell, but also can quickly obtain the BRS of the target cell, so that the terminal device can quickly obtain the BRS of the current serving cell and the BRS of the target cell. Speed up the cell switching of the terminal device.
  • the base station sends the BRS to the terminal device by using the second beam information.
  • the base station sends the BRS to the terminal device by using the second beam information.
  • the base station sends the BRS to the terminal device by using the second beam information.
  • the terminal device receives the BRS sent by the base station.
  • the base station to which the target cell belongs sends the BRS to the terminal device by using the second beam information.
  • the base station to which the target cell belongs sends the BRS to the terminal device by using the second beam information.
  • the BRS For details, refer to the description of S305 above, and details are not described herein.
  • the terminal device receives the BRS sent by the base station to which the target cell belongs.
  • the terminal device reports the measurement result of the BRS to the base station.
  • the terminal device may perform measurement based on the BRS.
  • the measurement result of the BRS is reported by the base station to which the current serving cell belongs.
  • the measurement result includes a measurement result of the BRS of the current serving cell, and a measurement result of the BRS of the target cell. In this way, the base station to which the current serving cell belongs can determine whether the terminal device needs to be switched based on the measurement result sent by the terminal device.
  • the base station sends a handover request message to the base station to which the target cell belongs.
  • the base station to which the current serving cell belongs may determine, according to the measurement result sent by the terminal device, that the terminal device needs to perform handover, the base station may send a handover request message to the base station to which the target cell belongs, to indicate that the base station to which the target cell belongs is prepared for the terminal device.
  • Wireless resource configuration information may be used to indicate that the base station to which the target cell belongs is prepared for the terminal device.
  • the base station to which the current serving cell belongs may also carry the handover delay requirement information of the terminal device when the handover request message is sent to the base station to which the target cell belongs, so as to achieve the target.
  • the base station to which the cell belongs may determine the beam information used by the base station to send information to the terminal device when the terminal device accesses the target cell according to the handover delay requirement information.
  • the foregoing handover delay requirement information may be specifically determined according to the second beam information carried in the first indication information sent by the terminal device.
  • the base station to which the target cell belongs sends a handover response message to the base station.
  • the base station to which the target cell belongs may send a handover response message to the base station to which the current serving cell belongs.
  • the handover response message may carry radio resource configuration information prepared by the base station to which the target cell belongs for the terminal device.
  • the handover response is cancelled.
  • the information may also include: downlink measurement beam configuration information of the target cell (eg, beam type, beam direction, number of simultaneously transmitted beams, beam scanning mode, measurement subframe, measurement subframe (or measurement symbol) and beam identification mapping) Relationship, etc.).
  • the information may be used by the terminal device to measure the target cell, and/or the beam training of the terminal device in the process of accessing the target cell. For example, in the random access procedure, the terminal device sends a random access preamble message to the base station, and which beam type and which beam scanning mode is used when the base station sends the random access response message to the terminal device.
  • the base station sends a handover command to the terminal device.
  • the base station may send a handover command to the terminal device to instruct the terminal device to initiate a random access procedure to the base station where the target cell is located according to the information in the handover response message. .
  • the base station to which the target cell belongs can use different beam information to perform a random access procedure with each terminal device according to the handover delay of each terminal device, so that the base station can satisfy the delay of each terminal device.
  • the base station may determine the required beam information based on the terminal device with the highest latency requirement.
  • step S405 may be further replaced by: the terminal device sending the first indication information to the base station to which the target cell belongs.
  • the terminal device may also send the first indication information to the base station to which the one or more target cells belong to indicate that the base station to which the current serving cell belongs and the base station to which the one or more target cells belong are sent by using the second beam information.
  • the BRS and so on are sent by using the second beam information.
  • the terminal device receives the BRS that is sent by the base station to which the current serving cell belongs, and the BRS that is sent by the base station to which the one or more target cells belong to the second beam information, the terminal device The self-determination of whether the handover is needed may be determined based on the measurement result of the BRS of the current serving cell and the measurement result of the BRS of the one or more target cells.
  • the terminal device may select a target cell with the best radio condition among the one or more target cells, and initiate a random access procedure to the target cell to use the random access procedure to the target cell.
  • a radio link re-establishment request message is sent to complete access of the target cell.
  • the foregoing example shows a case where the base station triggers the base station to retransmit the BRS to the terminal device by using the second beam information according to the first indication information sent by the terminal device.
  • the base station can directly decide whether to use the second beam information to send the BRS to the terminal device based on the measurement result of the uplink beam reference signal sent by the terminal device.
  • the base station may directly send the BRS to the terminal device by using the second beam information, and may also send the indication information to the terminal device to instruct the terminal device to send the first indication information to the base station.
  • the implementation principle and the technical effect are similar to those in the foregoing embodiment, and details are not described herein again.
  • the terminal device mobility processing method when the base station uses the first beam information to send the downlink signal for the terminal device to perform mobility management to the terminal device, the terminal device may And determining, by the measurement result of the downlink signal, a condition that the terminal device is close to the cell handover, and sending the first indication information to the base station, so that the base station can use the second beam information that is narrower than the first beam information and has a fast scanning mode, The downlink signal is retransmitted to the terminal device, so that whether the cell handover can be performed according to the measurement result of the downlink signal by the terminal device.
  • the base station can use the first beam information to send a downlink signal to the terminal device to reduce the base station beam scanning overhead before the terminal device meets the handover condition.
  • the triggering base station sends the downlink signal according to the second beam information, thereby facilitating the terminal device to be faster.
  • the measurement result of the downlink signal is obtained to accelerate the process of the handover decision to meet the delay requirement of the terminal device.
  • the aforementioned program can be stored in a computer readable storage medium.
  • the program when executed, performs the steps including the foregoing method embodiments; and the foregoing storage medium includes various media that can store program codes, such as a ROM, a RAM, a magnetic disk, or an optical disk.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the terminal device may include: a receiving module 11 and a sending module 13; optionally, the terminal device may further include: a processing module 12;
  • the receiving module 11 is configured to receive a downlink signal that is sent by the base station by using the first beam information.
  • the downlink signal includes at least one of the following: a synchronization channel and a beam reference signal BRS;
  • the sending module 13 is configured to send the first indication information to the base station, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the base station sends the downlink signal to the terminal device by using the second beam information.
  • the receiving module 11 is further configured to receive a downlink signal that is sent by the base station by using the second beam information.
  • the receiving module 11, the processing module 12, and the sending module 13 may be implemented by software, may be implemented by hardware, or may be implemented by a combination of software and hardware.
  • the above-mentioned receiving module 11 , the processing module 12 , and the sending module 13 are implemented by hardware.
  • the sending module 13 may be a transmitter, and the processing module 12 may be a processing component (for example, a processor).
  • the receiving module 11 may be Receiver, etc.
  • the foregoing terminal device may be used to perform the steps on the terminal device side in the foregoing method embodiment, and the specific implementation manners and technical effects are similar, and details are not described herein again.
  • the beam type included in the first beam information is a first beam type or a second beam.
  • the type of the beam included in the second beam information is a first beam type or a second beam type, where a transmission angle of a beam corresponding to the second beam type is smaller than a transmission angle of a beam corresponding to the first beam type
  • the beam scanning mode included in the first beam information is a single beam scanning mode or a multiple beam parallel scanning mode; and the beam scanning mode included in the second beam information is a single beam scanning mode or a multiple beam parallel scanning mode.
  • the receiving module 11 is further configured to: before receiving the downlink signal sent by the base station by using the first beam information, receive capability information of the serving cell that is sent by the base station by using the first beam information, and capability information of the neighboring cell;
  • the capability information includes at least one of the following: a mapping relationship between a beam type and a delay level supported by the serving cell, and a mapping relationship between a beam scanning mode and a delay level supported by the serving cell, and the capability information of the neighboring cell includes the following information.
  • the at least one type of information is: a mapping relationship between a beam type and a delay level supported by a neighboring cell, and a mapping relationship between a beam scanning mode and a delay level supported by the neighboring cell.
  • the processing module 12 may be configured to determine the second beam information according to the delay level of the current service and the capability information of the serving cell, and according to the second Beam information.
  • the sending module 13 is configured to send first indication information to the base station, where the first indication information includes: identifier of the second beam information or the second beam information.
  • the processing module 12 may be configured to determine the second beam information according to the delay level of the current service and the capability information of the neighboring cell; the sending module 13 is further configured according to the second beam.
  • the information is sent to the base station, where the first indication information includes: the identifier of the second beam information or the second beam information.
  • the sending module 13 is configured to send the first indication information to the base station when the measurement result of the downlink signal is less than or equal to the first preset threshold.
  • the processing module 12 may be further configured to: after the receiving module 11 receives the downlink signal sent by the base station by using the second beam information, in the downlink signal.
  • the base station performs a random access procedure; the sending module 13 sends the second indication information to the base station.
  • the second indication information is used to indicate that the base station stops using the second beam information to send the downlink signal; the second indication information includes: the identifier of the first beam information or the first beam information, and the receiving module 11 is further configured to continue to receive the base station.
  • a downlink signal sent by the beam information; the sending module 13 is further configured to: when the measurement result of the downlink signal is less than the second preset threshold, send the first indication information to the base station again.
  • the base station is a base station where the serving cell is located
  • the sending module 13 is further configured to: after the receiving module 11 receives the downlink signal that is sent by the base station by using the second beam information, And receiving, by the base station, a measurement result of the downlink signal; the receiving module 11 is further configured to: when the measurement result meets the cell handover condition, receive a handover command sent by the base station; and the handover command is used to indicate that the terminal device accesses the target cell.
  • the base station is the base station where the target cell is located
  • the sending module 13 is configured to: when the measurement result of the downlink signal is less than the first preset threshold, to the target cell.
  • the base station where the base station is located sends the first indication information.
  • the foregoing terminal device may be used to perform the steps on the terminal device side in the foregoing method embodiment, and the specific implementation manners and technical effects are similar, and details are not described herein again.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of a base station according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the base station may include: a sending module 22, a receiving module 23; optionally, the base station may further include: a processing module 21;
  • the sending module 22 is configured to send the downlink signal to the terminal device by using the first beam information.
  • the downlink signal may include at least one of the following: a synchronization channel and/or a beam reference signal BRS;
  • the receiving module 23 is configured to receive first indication information that is sent by the terminal device, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the base station sends the downlink signal to the terminal device by using the second beam information.
  • the sending module 22 is further configured to send the downlink signal to the terminal device by using the second beam information.
  • the receiving module 23, the processing module 21, and the sending module 22 may be implemented by software, may be implemented by hardware, or may be implemented by combining software and hardware.
  • the receiving module 23, the processing module 21, and the sending module 22 are implemented by hardware.
  • the sending module 22 may be a transmitter, and the processing module 21 may be a processing component (for example, a processor).
  • the receiving module 23 may be Receiver, etc.
  • the foregoing base station may be used to perform the steps of the terminal base station side in the foregoing method embodiment, and the specific implementation manners and technical effects are similar, and details are not described herein again.
  • the beam type and the beam scanning mode included in the first beam information and the second beam information is different;
  • the beam type includes any one of the following: a first beam type and a second beam type, where The beam angle of the beam corresponding to the second beam type is smaller than the beam angle of the beam corresponding to the first beam type.
  • the beam scanning mode includes any one of the following: a single beam scanning mode and a multiple beam parallel scanning mode.
  • the sending module 22 is further configured to: before using the first beam information to send the downlink signal to the terminal device, use the first beam information to send the capability information of the serving cell and the capability information of the neighboring cell to the terminal device;
  • the capability information includes at least one of the following: a mapping relationship between a beam type and a delay level supported by the serving cell, and a mapping relationship between a beam scanning mode and a delay level supported by the serving cell, and the capability information of the neighboring cell includes the following information.
  • the at least one type of information is: a mapping relationship between a beam type and a delay level supported by a neighboring cell, and a mapping relationship between a beam scanning mode and a delay level supported by the neighboring cell.
  • the first indication information includes: second beam information or second beam information determined by the terminal device according to the delay level of the current service and the capability information of the serving cell.
  • the sending module 22 is configured to send, by the terminal device, the downlink signal to the terminal device according to the second beam information determined by the delay class of the current service and the capability information of the serving cell.
  • the first indication information includes: the identifier of the second beam information or the second beam information determined by the terminal device according to the delay level of the current service and the capability information of the neighboring cell;
  • the module 22 is configured to send, by using the terminal device, the downlink signal to the terminal device according to the second beam information determined by the delay level of the current service and the capability information of the neighboring cell.
  • the sending module 22 may The downlink signal is sent to the terminal device by using the preset second beam information.
  • the processing module 21 may determine the coverage range corresponding to the second beam information according to the location information of the terminal device, and the sending module 22 uses the coverage area corresponding to the second beam information.
  • the second beam information transmits a downlink signal to the terminal device.
  • the coverage area corresponding to the first beam information may be used as the coverage area corresponding to the second beam information, and the sending module 22 corresponds to the second beam information.
  • the second beam information is used to send a downlink signal to the terminal device.
  • the processing module 21 may further determine, by using the measurement of the first indication information, a coverage area corresponding to the first beam information, and use a coverage range corresponding to the first beam information as a coverage area corresponding to the second beam information.
  • the sending module 22 is configured to send the downlink signal to the terminal device by using the second beam information within the coverage area corresponding to the second beam information.
  • the receiving module 23 is specifically configured to receive first indication information that is sent by the terminal device when the measurement result of the downlink signal is less than or equal to the first preset threshold.
  • the processing module 21 may be further configured to: after the sending module 22 sends the downlink signal to the terminal device by using the second beam information, and the terminal device
  • the receiving module 23 is configured to receive the second indication information that is sent by the terminal device, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the base station stops using the second beam information to send the downlink signal, where the second indication information includes: the first beam information or Identification of the first beam information.
  • the receiving module 23 is further configured to send, by the sending module 22, the second beam information to the terminal device.
  • the sending module 22 is further configured to: when the measurement result meets the cell handover condition, send a handover command to the terminal device; the handover command is used to indicate that the terminal device is located at the target cell
  • the base station initiates a random access procedure.
  • the sending module 22 may be further configured to: after the receiving module 23 receives the first indication information sent by the terminal device, send the first indication information to the base station where the target cell is located.
  • the foregoing base station may be used to perform the steps of the terminal base station side in the foregoing method embodiment, and the specific implementation manners and technical effects are similar, and details are not described herein again.
  • each module of the foregoing terminal device and/or the base station is only a division of a logical function, and may be integrated into one physical entity or physically separated in whole or in part.
  • these modules can all be implemented by software in the form of processing component calls; or all of them can be implemented in hardware form; some modules can be realized by processing component calling software, and some modules are realized by hardware.
  • the processing module may be a separate processing component, or may be integrated in one of the above devices, and It may also be stored in the memory of the above device in the form of program code, and the function of the above processing module is called and executed by one of the processing elements of the terminal device and/or the base station.
  • the implementation of other modules is similar.
  • each step of the above method or each of the above modules may be completed by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in the processor element or an instruction in a form of software.
  • the above modules may be one or more integrated circuits configured to implement the above methods, such as one or more Application Specific Integrated Circuits (ASICs), or one or more microprocessors (digital) Singnal processor (DSP), or one or more Field Programmable Gate Array (FPGA).
  • ASICs Application Specific Integrated Circuits
  • DSP digital Singnal processor
  • FPGA Field Programmable Gate Array
  • the processing component may be a general purpose processor, such as a central processing unit (CPU) or other processor that can call the program code.
  • CPU central processing unit
  • these modules can be integrated and implemented in the form of a system-on-a-chip (SOC).
  • SOC system-on-a-chip
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of another terminal device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the terminal device may include: a processor 31 and a memory 34.
  • the terminal device may further include a transmitter 32, a receiver 33, an antenna 35, and the like.
  • the memory 34, the transmitter 32 and the receiver 33 and the processor 31 can be connected via a bus.
  • the memory 34, the transmitter 32, and the receiver 33 and the processor 31 may not be a bus structure, but may be other structures, such as a star structure, which is not specifically limited in the present application.
  • the processor 31 may be a general-purpose central processing unit or an ASIC, and may be one or more integrated circuits for controlling program execution, may be hardware circuits developed using an FPGA, and may be a baseband processor.
  • processor 31 may include at least one processing core.
  • memory 34 may include one or more of ROM, RAM, and disk storage. Memory 34 is used to store data and/or instructions needed by processor 31 to operate. The number of memories 34 can be one or more.
  • the processor 31 is configured to execute the instruction of the memory 34.
  • the processor 31 executes the instruction stored in the memory 34, the processor 31 is configured to execute the processing method of the terminal device mobility performed by the terminal device, and details are not described herein.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of another base station according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the base station includes a processor 41 and a memory 44.
  • the base station may further include: a transmitter 42, a receiver 43, an antenna 45, and the like.
  • the memory 44, the transmitter 42 and the receiver 43 and the processor 41 can be connected via a bus.
  • the memory 44, the transmitter 42 and the receiver 43 and the processor 41 may not be a bus structure, but may be other structures, such as a star structure, which is not specifically limited in the present application.
  • the processor 41 may be a general-purpose central processing unit or an ASIC, and may be one or more integrated circuits for controlling program execution, may be hardware circuits developed using an FPGA, and may be a baseband processor.
  • processor 41 may include at least one processing core.
  • memory 44 may include one or more of ROM, RAM, and disk storage. Memory 44 is used to store data and/or instructions needed by processor 41 to operate. The number of memories 44 can be one or more.
  • the processor 41 is configured to execute the instruction of the memory 44.
  • the processor 41 executes the instruction stored in the memory 44, the processor 41 is caused to execute the processing method of the terminal device mobility performed by the base station, and details are not described herein.
  • the terminal device involved in the embodiment of the present application may be a wireless terminal such as a mobile phone or a tablet computer.
  • a terminal device is used as a mobile phone as an example:
  • FIG. 12 is a block diagram showing a partial structure of a terminal device provided by the embodiment of the present disclosure.
  • the mobile phone may include: a radio frequency (RF) circuit 1110, a memory 1120, an input unit 1130, a display unit 1140, a sensor 1150, an audio circuit 1160, a wireless fidelity (WiFi) module 1170, and processing.
  • RF radio frequency
  • the structure of the handset shown in FIG. 12 does not constitute a limitation to the handset, and may include more or less components than those illustrated, or some components may be combined, or different component arrangements.
  • the RF circuit 1110 can be used for receiving and transmitting signals during the transmission or reception of information or during a call. Specifically, after receiving the downlink information of the base station, the processing is performed by the processor 1180. In addition, the uplink data is sent to the base station.
  • RF circuits include, but are not limited to, an antenna, at least one amplifier, a transceiver, a coupler, a Low Noise Amplifier (LNA), a duplexer, and the like.
  • LNA Low Noise Amplifier
  • RF circuitry 1110 can also communicate with the network and other devices via wireless communication. The above wireless communication may use any communication standard or protocol, including but not limited to Global System of Mobile communication (GSM), General Packet Radio Service (GPRS), Code Division Multiple Access (Code Division). Multiple Access (CDMA), Wideband Code Division Multiple Access (WCDMA), Long Term Evolution (LTE), e-mail, Short Messaging Service (SMS), and the like.
  • GSM Global System of Mobile communication
  • GPRS General
  • the memory 1120 can be used to store software programs and modules, and the processor 1180 executes various functional applications and data processing of the mobile phone by running software programs and modules stored in the memory 1120.
  • the memory 1120 may mainly include a storage program area and a storage data area, wherein the storage program area may store an operating system, an application required for at least one function (such as a sound playing function, an image playing function, etc.), and the like; the storage data area may be stored according to Data created by the use of the mobile phone (such as audio data, phone book, etc.).
  • memory 1120 can include high speed random access memory, and can also include non-volatile memory, such as at least one magnetic disk storage device, flash memory device, or other volatile solid state storage device.
  • the input unit 1130 can be configured to receive input numeric or character information and to generate key signal inputs related to user settings and function controls of the handset.
  • the input unit 1130 may include a touch panel 1131 and other input devices 1132.
  • the touch panel 1131 also referred to as a touch screen, can collect touch operations on or near the user (such as the user using a finger, a stylus, or the like on the touch panel 1131 or near the touch panel 1131. Operation), and drive the corresponding connecting device according to a preset program.
  • the touch panel 1131 may include two parts: a touch detection device and a touch controller.
  • the touch detection device detects the touch orientation of the user, and detects a signal brought by the touch operation, and transmits the signal to the touch controller; the touch controller receives the touch information from the touch detection device, converts the touch information into contact coordinates, and sends the touch information.
  • the processor 1180 is provided and can receive commands from the processor 1180 and execute them.
  • the touch panel 1131 can be implemented in various types such as resistive, capacitive, infrared, and surface acoustic waves.
  • the input unit 1130 may also include other input devices 1132.
  • other input devices 1132 may include, but are not limited to, one or more of a physical keyboard, function keys (such as volume control buttons, switch buttons, etc.), trackballs, mice, joysticks, and the like.
  • the display unit 1140 can be used to display information input by the user or information provided to the user as well as various menus of the mobile phone.
  • the display unit 1140 may include a display panel 1141.
  • the display panel 1141 may be configured in the form of a liquid crystal display (LCD), an organic light-emitting diode (OLED), or the like.
  • the touch panel 1131 can be overlaid on the display panel 1141 when the touch panel 1131 Upon detecting a touch operation on or near it, the processor 1180 is transmitted to determine the type of touch event, and then the processor 1180 provides a corresponding visual output on the display panel 1141 based on the type of touch event.
  • touch panel 1131 and the display panel 1141 are used as two independent components to implement the input and input functions of the mobile phone in FIG. 12, in some embodiments, the touch panel 1131 and the display panel 1141 may be integrated. Realize the input and output functions of the phone.
  • the handset may also include at least one type of sensor 1150, such as a light sensor, motion sensor, and other sensors.
  • the light sensor may include an ambient light sensor and a proximity sensor, wherein the ambient light sensor may adjust the brightness of the display panel 1141 according to the brightness of the ambient light, and the light sensor may close the display panel 1141 and/or when the mobile phone moves to the ear. Or backlight.
  • the acceleration sensor can detect the acceleration of each direction (usually three axes). When it is still, it can detect the magnitude and direction of gravity. It can be used to identify the gesture of the mobile phone (such as horizontal and vertical screen switching, related games).
  • the mobile phone can also be configured with gyroscopes, barometers, hygrometers, thermometers, infrared sensors and other sensors, no longer repeat .
  • Audio circuitry 1160, speaker 1161, and microphone 1162 can provide an audio interface between the user and the handset.
  • the audio circuit 1160 can transmit the converted electrical data of the received audio data to the speaker 1161, and convert it into a sound signal output by the speaker 1161; on the other hand, the microphone 1162 converts the collected sound signal into an electrical signal, and the audio circuit 1160 After receiving, it is converted into audio data, and then processed by the audio data output processor 1180, transmitted to the other mobile phone via the RF circuit 1110, or outputted to the memory 1120 for further processing.
  • WiFi is a short-range wireless transmission technology.
  • the mobile phone can help users to send and receive emails, browse web pages and access streaming media through the WiFi module 1170, which provides users with wireless broadband Internet access.
  • FIG. 12 shows the WiFi module 1170, it can be understood that it does not belong to the essential configuration of the mobile phone, and can be omitted as needed within the scope of not changing the essence of the application.
  • the processor 1180 is a control center for the handset, which connects various portions of the entire handset using various interfaces and lines, by executing or executing software programs and/or modules stored in the memory 1120, and invoking data stored in the memory 1120, The phone's various functions and processing data, so that the overall monitoring of the phone.
  • the processor 1180 may include one or more processing units; for example, the processor 1180 may integrate an application processor and a modem processor, where the application processor mainly processes an operating system, a user interface, an application, and the like.
  • the modem processor primarily handles wireless communications. It will be appreciated that the above described modem processor may also not be integrated into the processor 1180.
  • the handset also includes a power source 1190 (such as a battery) that powers the various components.
  • a power source can be logically coupled to the processor 1180 via a power management system to manage functions such as charging, discharging, and power management through the power management system.
  • the mobile phone can also include a camera 1200, which can be a front camera or a rear camera.
  • the mobile phone may further include a Bluetooth module, a GPS module, and the like, and details are not described herein again.
  • the processor 1180 included in the mobile phone may be used to perform the method for processing the terminal device mobility, and the implementation principle and technical effects are similar, and details are not described herein.
  • a computer program product includes one or more computer instructions.
  • the processes or functions in accordance with embodiments of the present application are generated in whole or in part.
  • the computer can be a general purpose computer, a special purpose computer, a computer network, Or other programmable devices.
  • the computer instructions can be stored in a computer readable storage medium or transferred from one computer readable storage medium to another computer readable storage medium, for example, computer instructions can be wired from a website site, computer, server or data center (eg Coax, fiber, digital subscriber line (DSL) or wireless (eg, infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.) is transmitted to another website, computer, server, or data center.
  • the computer readable storage medium can be any available media that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server, data center, or the like that includes one or more available media.
  • Useful media can be magnetic media (eg, floppy disk, hard disk, magnetic tape), optical media (eg, DVD), or semiconductor media (eg, Solid State Disk (SSD)).

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

Provided are a terminal device mobility processing method, a terminal device and a base station. The method comprises: a terminal device receiving a downlink signal sent by a base station using first beam information; the terminal device sending first instruction information to the base station according to the downlink signal sent using the first beam information, wherein the first instruction information is used for instructing the base station to send the downlink signal to the terminal device by using second beam information; and the terminal device receiving the downlink signal sent by the base station using the second beam information. By means of the terminal device mobility processing method, the terminal device and the base station provided in the embodiments of the present application, a base station can selectively send a downlink signal suitable for a terminal device to the terminal device according to the requirement of the terminal device, thereby increasing the modes of the base station sending the downlink signal to the terminal device, and satisfying the requirements of different terminal devices.

Description

终端设备移动性的处理方法、终端设备和基站Terminal device mobility processing method, terminal device and base station
本申请要求于2016年11月04日提交中国专利局、申请号为201610965728.7、申请名称为“终端设备移动性的处理方法、终端设备和基站”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。The present application claims priority to Chinese Patent Application No. 201610965728.7, filed on November 4, 2016, filed on PCT Application Serial No. Combined in this application.
技术领域Technical field
本申请实施例涉及通信技术,尤其涉及一种终端设备移动性的处理方法、终端设备和基站。The embodiments of the present invention relate to communication technologies, and in particular, to a terminal device mobility processing method, a terminal device, and a base station.
背景技术Background technique
随着通信技术的不断发展,现有的无线频谱资源已经无法满足用户在实际使用时的需求,因此,在蜂窝通信系统中出现了使用高频信号进行通信的基站和终端设备。然而,由于高频信号在传输过程中的衰减比较大,所以基站和终端设备之间在传输高频信号时,可以采用波束赋形(beamforming)向终端设备发送高频信号,以提高高频信号的功率,扩大小区的覆盖范围。With the continuous development of communication technologies, existing wireless spectrum resources have been unable to meet the needs of users in actual use. Therefore, base stations and terminal devices using high frequency signals for communication have appeared in cellular communication systems. However, since the attenuation of the high-frequency signal during transmission is relatively large, when the high-frequency signal is transmitted between the base station and the terminal device, beamforming can be used to transmit a high-frequency signal to the terminal device to improve the high-frequency signal. The power to expand the coverage of the cell.
目前,基站在采用波束赋形向终端设备发送用于移动性管理的下行信号时,终端设备可以基于对该下行信号的测量决策是否进行小区驻留、小区重选、小区切换等移动性管理行为。然而,由于上述波束赋形包括不同的波束类型和/或不同的波束扫描方式,故,在使用高频信号的小区中的基站如何向终端设备发送下行信号是一个亟待解决的问题。At present, when the base station transmits the downlink signal for mobility management to the terminal device by using the beamforming, the terminal device may perform mobility management actions such as cell camping, cell reselection, and cell handover based on the measurement decision of the downlink signal. . However, since the above beamforming includes different beam types and/or different beam scanning modes, how the base station in the cell using the high frequency signal transmits the downlink signal to the terminal device is an urgent problem to be solved.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本申请实施例提供一种终端设备移动性的处理方法、终端设备和基站,用于解决现有技术中在使用高频信号的小区中的基站如何向终端设备发送下行信号的技术问题。The embodiment of the present invention provides a method for processing mobility of a terminal device, a terminal device, and a base station, which are used to solve the technical problem of how a base station in a cell using a high frequency signal transmits a downlink signal to a terminal device in the prior art.
本申请实施例第一方面提供一种终端设备移动性的处理方法,包括:终端设备接收基站采用第一波束信息发送的下行信号;所述终端设备根据采用第一波束信息发送的下行信号,向所述基站发送第一指示信息;所述第一指示信息用于指示所述基站采用第二波束信息向所述终端设备发送所述下行信号;所述终端设备接收所述基站采用所述第二波束信息发送的所述下行信号。A first aspect of the present application provides a method for processing mobility of a terminal device, including: receiving, by the terminal device, a downlink signal that is sent by the base station by using the first beam information; and the terminal device according to the downlink signal that is sent by using the first beam information, The base station sends the first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the base station sends the downlink signal to the terminal device by using the second beam information, and the terminal device receives the second base station by using the second The downlink signal transmitted by the beam information.
通过第一方面提供的终端设备移动性的处理方法,基站在采用第一波束信息向终端设备发送用于终端设备进行移动性管理的下行信号时,终端设备可以向基站发送第一指示信息,以使得基站可以采用第二波束信息重新向终端设备发送该下行信号。即,基站可以根据终端设备的需求,向终端设备针对性的发送适用于终端设备的下行信号,增加了基站向终端设备发送下行信号的方式,满足了不同终端设备的需求。The method for processing the mobility of the terminal device provided by the first aspect, when the base station sends the downlink signal for the mobility management of the terminal device to the terminal device by using the first beam information, the terminal device may send the first indication information to the base station, The base station can use the second beam information to retransmit the downlink signal to the terminal device. That is, the base station can transmit the downlink signal applicable to the terminal device to the terminal device in a targeted manner according to the requirements of the terminal device, and increase the manner in which the base station sends the downlink signal to the terminal device, which satisfies the requirements of different terminal devices.
可选的,上述第一波束信息和所述第二波束信息所包括的波束类型和波束扫描方式至 少一种信息不同;所述第一波束信息所包含的波束类型为第一波束类型或第二波束类型;所述第二波束信息包含的波束类型为第一波束类型或第二波束类型,其中,所述第二波束类型对应的波束的发射角度小于所述第一波束类型对应的波束的发射角度;所述第一波束信息所包含的波束扫描方式为单波束扫描方式或多波束并行扫描方式;所述第二波束信息所包含的波束扫描方式为单波束扫描方式或多波束并行扫描方式。Optionally, the beam type and the beam scanning mode included in the foregoing first beam information and the second beam information are The information of the beam included in the first beam information is a first beam type or a second beam type; and the beam type included in the second beam information is a first beam type or a second beam type, where The beam angle of the beam corresponding to the second beam type is smaller than the beam angle of the beam corresponding to the first beam type, and the beam scanning mode of the first beam information is a single beam scanning mode or a multiple beam parallel scanning mode. The beam scanning mode included in the second beam information is a single beam scanning mode or a multiple beam parallel scanning mode.
可选的,所述终端设备接收基站采用第一波束信息发送的下行信号之前,还包括:所述终端设备接收所述基站采用第一波束信息发送的服务小区的能力信息和相邻小区的能力信息;所述服务小区的能力信息包括下述至少一种信息:所述服务小区所支持的波束类型与时延等级的映射关系、所述服务小区所支持的波束扫描方式与时延等级的映射关系,所述相邻小区的能力信息包括下述至少一种信息:所述相邻小区所支持的波束类型与时延等级的映射关系、所述相邻小区所支持的波束扫描方式与时延等级的映射关系。Optionally, before the receiving, by the terminal device, the downlink signal sent by the base station by using the first beam information, the method further includes: the terminal device receiving the capability information of the serving cell that is sent by the base station by using the first beam information, and the capability of the neighboring cell The capability information of the serving cell includes at least one of the following: a mapping relationship between a beam type and a delay level supported by the serving cell, and a mapping between a beam scanning mode and a delay level supported by the serving cell. The relationship information of the neighboring cell includes at least one of the following: a mapping relationship between a beam type and a delay level supported by the neighboring cell, and a beam scanning mode and a delay supported by the neighboring cell. The mapping relationship of levels.
示例性的,在所述基站为所述服务小区所属的基站时,所述终端设备向所述基站发送第一指示信息,包括:所述终端设备根据当前业务的时延等级和所述服务小区的能力信息,确定所述第二波束信息;所述终端设备根据所述第二波束信息,向所述基站发送第一指示信息;所述第一指示信息包括:所述第二波束信息或所述第二波束信息的标识;在所述基站为所述相邻小区所属的基站时,所述终端设备向所述基站发送第一指示信息,包括:所述终端设备根据当前业务的时延等级和所述相邻小区的能力信息,确定所述第二波束信息;所述终端设备根据所述第二波束信息,向所述基站发送第一指示信息;所述第一指示信息包括:所述第二波束信息或所述第二波束信息的标识。Illustratively, when the base station is the base station to which the serving cell belongs, the terminal device sends the first indication information to the base station, including: the terminal device according to a delay level of the current service, and the serving cell. The second indicator information is determined by the capability information, and the terminal device sends the first indication information to the base station according to the second beam information; the first indication information includes: the second beam information or The identifier of the second beam information; when the base station is the base station to which the neighboring cell belongs, the terminal device sends the first indication information to the base station, including: the delay level of the terminal device according to the current service And determining, by the capability information of the neighboring cell, the second beam information; the terminal device sending the first indication information to the base station according to the second beam information; the first indication information includes: Identification of the second beam information or the second beam information.
通过该可能的实施方式所提供的终端设备移动性的处理方法,基站在采用第一波束信息向终端设备发送用于终端设备进行移动性管理的下行信号之前,基站可以向终端设备发送服务小区的能力信息,以及,相邻小区的能力信息,从而使得终端设备可以根据自身当前业务的时延等级,以及,基站所对应的小区的能力信息,确定基站所要采用的第二波束信息,并将第二波束信息携带在第一指示信息中发送给基站,以使得基站可以采用该第二波束信息重新向终端设备发送该下行信号,从而使得终端设备在接收该下行信号时的时延可以满足终端设备当前业务的需求。The method for processing the mobility of the terminal device provided by the possible implementation, the base station may send the serving cell to the terminal device before transmitting the downlink signal for the terminal device to perform mobility management to the terminal device by using the first beam information. The capability information, and the capability information of the neighboring cell, so that the terminal device can determine the second beam information to be used by the base station according to the delay level of the current service and the capability information of the cell corresponding to the base station, and The second beam information is carried in the first indication information and sent to the base station, so that the base station can use the second beam information to retransmit the downlink signal to the terminal device, so that the delay of the terminal device when receiving the downlink signal can satisfy the terminal device. Current business needs.
可选的,上述下行信号包括下述至少一种:同步信道、波束参考信号BRS。Optionally, the downlink signal includes at least one of the following: a synchronization channel and a beam reference signal BRS.
可选的,所述终端设备向所述基站发送第一指示信息,包括:所述终端设备在所述下行信号的测量结果小于或等于第一预设阈值时,向所述基站发送第一指示信息。Optionally, the terminal device sends the first indication information to the base station, where the terminal device sends a first indication to the base station when the measurement result of the downlink signal is less than or equal to a first preset threshold. information.
通过该可能的实施方式所提供的终端设备移动性的处理方法,基站在采用第一波束信息向终端设备发送用于终端设备进行移动性管理的下行信号时,终端设备可以在对该下行信号的测量结果小于或等于第一预设阈值时,即不满足小区驻留条件或者接近小区切换条件时,向基站发送第一指示信息,以使得基站可以采用第二波束信息重新向终端设备发送该下行信号,以使具有不同无线条件的终端设备顺利完成小区驻留,提高了终端设备小区驻留的成功率,或者,使从接近小区切换条件的终端设备更快的获取下行信号的测量结果,以加速小区切换判决的过程,以满足终端设备对时延的要求。The method for processing the mobility of the terminal device provided by the possible embodiment, when the base station sends the downlink signal for the mobility management of the terminal device to the terminal device by using the first beam information, the terminal device may be in the downlink signal When the measurement result is less than or equal to the first preset threshold, that is, when the cell camping condition or the cell handover condition is not met, the first indication information is sent to the base station, so that the base station can resend the downlink to the terminal device by using the second beam information. The signal is used to enable the terminal device with different radio conditions to successfully complete the cell camping, improve the success rate of the terminal device cell camping, or enable the terminal device that is close to the cell switching condition to obtain the downlink signal measurement result more quickly. Accelerate the process of cell handover decision to meet the delay requirements of the terminal equipment.
可选的,所述终端设备为正在进行小区驻留的终端设备,则所述终端设备接收所述基站采用所述第二波束信息发送的所述下行信号之后,还包括:所述终端设备在所述下行信号的测量结果大于所述第一预设阈值时,与所述基站执行随机接入流程,并向所述基站发 送第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述基站停止采用第二波束信息发送所述下行信号;所述第二指示信息包括:所述第一波束信息或第一波束信息的标识;所述终端设备继续接收所述基站采用所述第一波束信息发送的所述下行信号;所述终端设备在所述下行信号的测量结果小于第二预设阈值时,向所述基站再次发送所述第一指示信息。Optionally, the terminal device is a terminal device that is performing cell camping, and after the terminal device receives the downlink signal that is sent by the base station by using the second beam information, the terminal device further includes: the terminal device is When the measurement result of the downlink signal is greater than the first preset threshold, the base station performs a random access procedure, and sends the random access procedure to the base station. Sending the second indication information, the second indication information is used to indicate that the base station stops using the second beam information to send the downlink signal, and the second indication information includes: the first beam information or the first beam information The terminal device continues to receive the downlink signal that is sent by the base station by using the first beam information; and when the measurement result of the downlink signal is less than a second preset threshold, the terminal device sends the downlink signal to the base station again. Sending the first indication information.
通过该可能的实施方式所提供的终端设备移动性的处理方法,对于正在进行小区驻留的终端设备,基站在采用第一波束信息向终端设备发送用于终端设备进行移动性管理的下行信号时,终端设备可以在对该下行信号的测量结果不满足小区驻留条件时,向基站发送第一指示信息,以使得基站可以采用比第一波束信息对应的波束窄的第二波束信息重新向终端设备发送该下行信号,从而使得终端设备可以根据对该下行信号的测量结果,与基站进行小区驻留流程。通过这种方式,使得终端设备可以基于其所在的无线条件触发基站采用不同的波束信息发送下行信号,而不用基站一直采用较窄的波束在服务小区覆盖范围内发送下行信号,降低了基站的信令开销和成本,又能使具有不同无线条件的终端设备顺利完成小区驻留,提高了终端设备小区驻留的成功率。The method for processing the mobility of the terminal device provided by the possible implementation manner, when the base station is transmitting the downlink signal for the mobility management of the terminal device to the terminal device by using the first beam information for the terminal device that is camping on the cell The terminal device may send the first indication information to the base station when the measurement result of the downlink signal does not meet the cell camping condition, so that the base station can re-route the second beam information that is narrower than the beam corresponding to the first beam information to the terminal. The device sends the downlink signal, so that the terminal device can perform a cell camping process with the base station according to the measurement result of the downlink signal. In this way, the terminal device can trigger the base station to use different beam information to transmit the downlink signal based on the radio condition in which the terminal device is located, instead of the base station always transmitting the downlink signal in the coverage of the serving cell by using the narrower beam, thereby reducing the base station signal. The cost and the cost enable the terminal equipment with different wireless conditions to successfully complete the cell camping, thereby improving the success rate of the terminal equipment cell camping.
可选的,所述终端设备为正在进行小区切换的终端设备,所述基站为服务小区所在的基站,则所述终端设备接收所述基站采用第二波束信息发送的所述下行信号之后,还包括:所述终端设备向所述基站上报所述下行信号的测量结果;在所述测量结果满足小区切换条件时,所述终端设备接收所述基站发送的切换命令;所述切换命令用于指示所述终端设备接入目标小区。Optionally, the terminal device is a terminal device that performs cell handover, and the base station is a base station where the serving cell is located, and the terminal device receives the downlink signal sent by the base station by using the second beam information, and further The terminal device reports the measurement result of the downlink signal to the base station; when the measurement result satisfies the cell handover condition, the terminal device receives a handover command sent by the base station; the handover command is used to indicate The terminal device accesses a target cell.
通过该可能的实施方式所提供的终端设备移动性的处理方法,对于正在进行小区切换的终端设备,基站在采用第一波束信息向终端设备发送用于终端设备进行移动性管理的下行信号时,终端设备可以在对该下行信号的测量结果确定终端设备接近小区切换的条件,向基站发送第一指示信息,以使得基站可以采用比第一波束信息对应的波束窄、且扫描方式快的第二波束信息、重新向终端设备发送该下行信号,从而可以根据终端设备对该下行信号的测量结果,决策是否要进行小区切换。通过这种方式,使得基站可以在终端设备满足切换条件前,采用第一波束信息向终端设备发送下行信号,以降低基站波束扫描开销。在终端设备接近小区切换条件时,触发基站按照第二波束信息发送下行信号,从而有利于终端设备更快的获取下行信号的测量结果,以加速切换判决的过程,以满足终端设备对时延的要求。According to the method for processing the mobility of the terminal device provided by the possible implementation, when the base station transmits the downlink signal for the mobility management of the terminal device to the terminal device by using the first beam information for the terminal device that is performing the cell handover, The terminal device may determine, according to the measurement result of the downlink signal, the condition that the terminal device is close to the cell handover, and send the first indication information to the base station, so that the base station can adopt a narrower beam corresponding to the first beam information and a second faster scanning mode. The beam information is re-transmitted to the terminal device, so that the cell switch can be determined according to the measurement result of the downlink signal by the terminal device. In this way, the base station can use the first beam information to send a downlink signal to the terminal device to reduce the base station beam scanning overhead before the terminal device meets the handover condition. When the terminal device is close to the cell handover condition, the triggering base station sends the downlink signal according to the second beam information, so that the terminal device can obtain the measurement result of the downlink signal more quickly, so as to accelerate the process of the handover decision to meet the delay of the terminal device. Claim.
可选的,所述终端设备为正在进行小区切换的终端设备,所述基站为目标小区所在的基站;则所述终端设备在所述下行信号的测量结果小于第一预设阈值时,向所述基站发送第一指示信息,包括:所述终端设备在所述下行信号的测量结果小于第一预设阈值时,向所述目标小区所在的基站发送第一指示信息。Optionally, the terminal device is a terminal device that performs cell handover, where the base station is a base station where the target cell is located; and when the measurement result of the downlink signal is less than a first preset threshold, the terminal device The sending, by the base station, the first indication information, includes: when the measurement result of the downlink signal is less than a first preset threshold, the terminal device sends the first indication information to the base station where the target cell is located.
通过该可能的实施方式所提供的终端设备移动性的处理方法,对于正在进行小区切换的终端设备,目标小区所属的基站在采用第一波束信息向终端设备发送用于终端设备进行移动性管理的下行信号时,终端设备可以在对该下行信号的测量结果确定终端设备接近小区切换的条件,向目标小区所属的基站发送第一指示信息,以使得目标小区所属的基站可以采用比第一波束信息对应的波束窄、且扫描方式快的第二波束信息、重新向终端设备发送该下行信号,从而使得终端设备可以根据对该下行信号的测量结果,决策是否要进行小区切换。通过这种方式,使得目标小区所属的基站可以在终端设备满足切换条件前,采用 第一波束信息向终端设备发送下行信号,以降低目标小区所属的基站波束扫描开销。在终端设备接近小区切换条件时,触发目标小区所属的基站按照第二波束信息发送下行信号,从而有利于终端设备更快的获取下行信号的测量结果,以加速切换判决的过程,以满足终端设备对时延的要求。According to the method for processing the mobility of the terminal device provided by the possible implementation, the base station to which the target cell belongs is transmitting the terminal device for mobility management to the terminal device by using the first beam information for the terminal device that is performing the cell handover. When the downlink signal is used, the terminal device may determine the condition that the terminal device is close to the cell handover in the measurement result of the downlink signal, and send the first indication information to the base station to which the target cell belongs, so that the base station to which the target cell belongs may adopt the first beam information. The corresponding second beam information with a narrow beam and a fast scanning mode is retransmitted to the terminal device, so that the terminal device can decide whether to perform cell handover according to the measurement result of the downlink signal. In this way, the base station to which the target cell belongs can be adopted before the terminal device meets the handover condition. The first beam information sends a downlink signal to the terminal device to reduce the base station beam scanning overhead to which the target cell belongs. When the terminal device is close to the cell handover condition, the base station to which the target cell belongs is triggered to send the downlink signal according to the second beam information, thereby facilitating the terminal device to obtain the measurement result of the downlink signal more quickly, so as to accelerate the process of the handover decision to meet the terminal device. The requirement for delay.
本申请实施例第二方面提供一种终端设备移动性的处理方法,基站采用第一波束信息向终端设备发送下行信号;所述基站接收所述终端设备发送的第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述基站采用第二波束信息向所述终端设备发送所述下行信号;所述基站采用所述第二波束信息向所述终端设备发送所述下行信号。A second aspect of the embodiments of the present disclosure provides a method for processing mobility of a terminal device, where the base station sends a downlink signal to the terminal device by using the first beam information, and the base station receives the first indication information sent by the terminal device, where the first The indication information is used to indicate that the base station sends the downlink signal to the terminal device by using the second beam information, and the base station sends the downlink signal to the terminal device by using the second beam information.
可选的,第一波束信息和所述第二波束信息所包括的波束类型和波束扫描方式中至少一种信息不同;所述第一波束信息所包含的波束类型为第一波束类型或第二波束类型;所述第二波束信息包含的波束类型为第一波束类型或第二波束类型,其中,所述第二波束类型对应的波束的发射角度小于所述第一波束类型对应的波束的发射角度;所述第一波束信息所包含的波束扫描方式为单波束扫描方式或多波束并行扫描方式;所述第二波束信息所包含的波束扫描方式为单波束扫描方式或多波束并行扫描方式。Optionally, at least one of a beam type and a beam scanning mode included in the first beam information and the second beam information is different; the beam type included in the first beam information is a first beam type or a second a beam type; the beam type included in the second beam information is a first beam type or a second beam type, where a transmission angle of a beam corresponding to the second beam type is smaller than a beam corresponding to a beam corresponding to the first beam type The beam scanning mode included in the first beam information is a single beam scanning mode or a multiple beam parallel scanning mode; and the beam scanning mode included in the second beam information is a single beam scanning mode or a multiple beam parallel scanning mode.
可选的,所述基站采用第一波束信息向终端设备发送下行信号之前,还包括:所述基站采用第一波束信息向终端设备发送服务小区的能力信息和相邻小区的能力信息;所述服务小区的能力信息包括下述至少一种信息:所述服务小区所支持的波束类型与时延等级的映射关系、所述服务小区所支持的波束扫描方式与时延等级的映射关系,所述相邻小区的能力信息包括下述至少一种信息:所述相邻小区所支持的波束类型与时延等级的映射关系、所述相邻小区所支持的波束扫描方式与时延等级的映射关系。Optionally, before the sending, by the base station, the downlink information to the terminal device by using the first beam information, the method further includes: sending, by the base station, the capability information of the serving cell and the capability information of the neighboring cell to the terminal device by using the first beam information; The capability information of the serving cell includes at least one of the following: a mapping relationship between a beam type and a delay level supported by the serving cell, and a mapping relationship between a beam scanning mode and a delay level supported by the serving cell, The capability information of the neighboring cell includes at least one of the following: a mapping relationship between a beam type and a delay level supported by the neighboring cell, and a mapping relationship between a beam scanning mode and a delay level supported by the neighboring cell. .
示例性的,在所述基站为所述服务小区所属的基站时,所述第一指示信息包括:所述终端设备根据当前业务的时延等级和所述服务小区的能力信息所确定的所述第二波束信息或所述第二波束信息的标识;则所述基站采用所述第二波束信息向所述终端设备发送所述下行信号,包括:所述基站采用所述终端设备根据当前业务的时延等级和所述服务小区的能力信息所确定的所述第二波束信息,向所述终端设备发送所述下行信号;在所述基站为所述相邻小区所属的基站时,所述第一指示信息包括:所述终端设备根据当前业务的时延等级和所述相邻小区的能力信息所确定的所述第二波束信息或所述第二波束信息的标识;则所述基站采用所述第二波束信息向所述终端设备发送所述下行信号,包括:所述基站采用所述终端设备根据当前业务的时延等级和所述相邻小区的能力信息所确定的所述第二波束信息,向所述终端设备发送所述下行信号。Illustratively, when the base station is a base station to which the serving cell belongs, the first indication information includes: the terminal device determining, according to a delay level of a current service and capability information of the serving cell, The second beam information or the identifier of the second beam information; the base station sends the downlink signal to the terminal device by using the second beam information, where the base station uses the terminal device according to the current service. The second beam information determined by the delay level and the capability information of the serving cell, and the downlink signal is sent to the terminal device; when the base station is a base station to which the neighboring cell belongs, the The indication information includes: the second beam information or the identifier of the second beam information determined by the terminal device according to a delay level of the current service and capability information of the neighboring cell; Transmitting, by the second beam information, the downlink signal to the terminal device, including: the base station adopting, by the terminal device, a delay level according to a current service, and the neighboring The second beam information determined capability information area, and transmits to the terminal device of the downlink signal.
可选的,所述基站采用所述第二波束信息向所述终端设备发送所述下行信号,包括:所述基站采用预设的所述第二波束信息,向所述终端设备发送所述下行信号。Optionally, the base station sends the downlink signal to the terminal device by using the second beam information, where the base station sends the downlink to the terminal device by using the preset second beam information. signal.
可选的,所述下行信号包括下述至少一种:同步信道和/或波束参考信号BRS。Optionally, the downlink signal includes at least one of the following: a synchronization channel and/or a beam reference signal BRS.
可选的,所述基站采用所述第二波束信息向所述终端设备发送所述下行信号,包括:所述基站根据所述终端设备的位置信息,确定所述第二波束信息对应的覆盖范围;所述基站在所述第二波束信息对应的覆盖范围内,采用所述第二波束信息向所述终端设备发送所述下行信号。可选的,所述第一指示信息包括:所述第一波束信息对应的覆盖范围;所述基站采用所述第二波束信息向所述终端设备发送所述下行信号,包括:所述基站将所述第一波束信息对应的覆盖范围作为所述第二波束信息对应的覆盖范围;所述基站在所述第二 波束信息对应的覆盖范围内,采用所述第二波束信息向所述终端设备发送所述下行信号。可选的,所述基站采用所述第二波束信息向所述终端设备发送所述下行信号,包括:所述基站通过对所述第一指示信息的测量,确定所述第一波束信息对应的覆盖范围,并将所述第一波束信息对应的覆盖范围作为所述第二波束信息对应的覆盖范围;所述基站在所述第二波束信息对应的覆盖范围内,采用所述第二波束信息向所述终端设备发送所述下行信号。Optionally, the sending, by the base station, the downlink signal to the terminal device by using the second beam information, including: determining, by the base station, a coverage area corresponding to the second beam information according to location information of the terminal device The base station sends the downlink signal to the terminal device by using the second beam information in a coverage area corresponding to the second beam information. Optionally, the first indication information includes: a coverage area corresponding to the first beam information, and the base station sends the downlink signal to the terminal device by using the second beam information, where: the base station The coverage corresponding to the first beam information is used as a coverage area corresponding to the second beam information; the base station is in the second The downlink information is sent to the terminal device by using the second beam information in a coverage area corresponding to the beam information. Optionally, the sending, by the base station, the downlink signal to the terminal device by using the second beam information, the determining, by the base station, determining, by using the measurement of the first indication information, the first beam information a coverage area, and the coverage area corresponding to the first beam information is used as a coverage area corresponding to the second beam information; and the base station uses the second beam information in a coverage area corresponding to the second beam information. Sending the downlink signal to the terminal device.
通过该可能的实施方式所提供的终端设备移动性的处理方法,基站可以确定第二波束信息对应的覆盖范围,进而可以在第二波束信息对应的覆盖范围内,采用第二波束信息向终端设备发送下行信号,而在小区的其他覆盖范围内,仍然采用第一波束信息发送下行信号,以降低基站的信令开销。The method for processing the mobility of the terminal device provided by the possible implementation manner, the base station may determine the coverage area corresponding to the second beam information, and further, may use the second beam information to the terminal device within the coverage area corresponding to the second beam information. The downlink signal is sent, and in the other coverage of the cell, the downlink information is still sent by using the first beam information to reduce the signaling overhead of the base station.
可选的,所述基站接收所述终端设备发送的第一指示信息,包括:所述基站接收所述终端设备在所述下行信号的测量结果小于或等于第一预设阈值时发送的第一指示信息。Optionally, the receiving, by the base station, the first indication information that is sent by the terminal device, where the base station receives, by the base station, the first sent by the terminal device when the measurement result of the downlink signal is less than or equal to a first preset threshold. Instructions.
可选的,所述终端设备为正在进行小区驻留的终端设备,所述基站采用所述第二波束信息向所述终端设备发送所述下行信号之后,还包括:所述基站与所述终端设备执行随机接入流程,并接收所述终端设备发送的第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述基站停止采用第二波束信息发送所述下行信号;所述第二指示信息包括:所述第一波束信息或第一波束信息的标识。Optionally, the terminal device is a terminal device that is performing cell camping, and after the base station sends the downlink signal to the terminal device by using the second beam information, the base station further includes: the base station and the terminal The device performs a random access procedure, and receives the second indication information sent by the terminal device, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the base station stops using the second beam information to send the downlink signal; the second indication information The identifier of the first beam information or the first beam information is included.
可选的,所述终端设备为正在进行小区切换的终端设备,所述基站为服务小区所在的基站,则所述基站采用所述第二波束信息向所述终端设备发送所述下行信号之后,还包括:所述基站接收所述终端设备上报的所述下行信号的测量结果;所述基站在所述测量结果满足小区切换条件时,向所述终端设备发送切换命令;所述切换命令用于指示所述终端设备向目标小区所在的基站发起随机接入过程。则在该实现方式下,所述基站接收所述终端设备发送的第一指示信息之后,还包括:所述基站向所述目标小区所在的基站发送第一指示信息。Optionally, the terminal device is a terminal device that performs cell handover, and the base station is a base station where the serving cell is located, and after the base station sends the downlink signal to the terminal device by using the second beam information, The base station further includes: receiving, by the base station, a measurement result of the downlink signal reported by the terminal device; when the measurement result meets a cell handover condition, the base station sends a handover command to the terminal device; Instructing the terminal device to initiate a random access procedure to a base station where the target cell is located. After the receiving, by the base station, the first indication information sent by the terminal device, the base station further includes: sending, by the base station, first indication information to a base station where the target cell is located.
上述第二方面以及第二方面的各可能的实施方式所提供的终端设备移动性的处理方法,其有益效果可以参见上述第一方面和第一方面的各可能的实施方式所带来的有益效果,在此不再赘述。For the beneficial effects of the processing method of the terminal device mobility provided by the foregoing second aspect and the possible implementation manners of the second aspect, refer to the first aspect and the beneficial effects of the possible implementation manners of the first aspect. , will not repeat them here.
本申请实施例第三方面提供一种终端设备,包括:接收模块,用于接收基站采用第一波束信息发送的下行信号;发送模块,用于根据采用第一波束信息发送的下行信号,向所述基站发送第一指示信息;所述第一指示信息用于指示所述基站采用第二波束信息向所述终端设备发送所述下行信号;所述接收模块,还用于接收所述基站采用所述第二波束信息发送的所述下行信号。A third aspect of the present application provides a terminal device, including: a receiving module, configured to receive a downlink signal that is sent by a base station by using a first beam information, and a sending module, configured to send, according to a downlink signal that is sent by using the first beam information, The base station sends the first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the base station sends the downlink signal to the terminal device by using the second beam information, and the receiving module is further configured to receive the base station adopting The downlink signal sent by the second beam information.
可选的,上述第一波束信息和所述第二波束信息所包括的波束类型和波束扫描方式至少一种信息不同;所述第一波束信息所包含的波束类型为第一波束类型或第二波束类型;所述第二波束信息包含的波束类型为第一波束类型或第二波束类型,其中,所述第二波束类型对应的波束的发射角度小于所述第一波束类型对应的波束的发射角度;所述第一波束信息所包含的波束扫描方式为单波束扫描方式或多波束并行扫描方式;所述第二波束信息所包含的波束扫描方式为单波束扫描方式或多波束并行扫描方式。Optionally, the first beam information and the second beam information comprise different beam types and beam scanning modes, and the first beam information includes a first beam type or a second beam type. a beam type; the beam type included in the second beam information is a first beam type or a second beam type, where a transmission angle of a beam corresponding to the second beam type is smaller than a beam corresponding to a beam corresponding to the first beam type The beam scanning mode included in the first beam information is a single beam scanning mode or a multiple beam parallel scanning mode; and the beam scanning mode included in the second beam information is a single beam scanning mode or a multiple beam parallel scanning mode.
可选的,所述接收模块,还用于在接收基站采用第一波束信息发送的下行信号之前,接收所述基站采用第一波束信息发送的服务小区的能力信息和相邻小区的能力信息;所述 服务小区的能力信息包括下述至少一种信息:所述服务小区所支持的波束类型与时延等级的映射关系、所述服务小区所支持的波束扫描方式与时延等级的映射关系,所述相邻小区的能力信息包括下述至少一种信息:所述相邻小区所支持的波束类型与时延等级的映射关系、所述相邻小区所支持的波束扫描方式与时延等级的映射关系。Optionally, the receiving module is further configured to: before receiving the downlink signal that is sent by the base station by using the first beam information, receive capability information of the serving cell that is sent by the base station by using the first beam information, and capability information of the neighboring cell; Said The capability information of the serving cell includes at least one of the following: a mapping relationship between a beam type and a delay level supported by the serving cell, and a mapping relationship between a beam scanning mode and a delay level supported by the serving cell, The capability information of the neighboring cell includes at least one of the following: a mapping relationship between a beam type and a delay level supported by the neighboring cell, and a mapping relationship between a beam scanning mode and a delay level supported by the neighboring cell. .
示例性的,所述终端设备还包括处理模块,在所述基站为所述服务小区所属的基站时,所述处理模块,具体用于根据当前业务的时延等级和所述服务小区的能力信息,确定所述第二波束信息;所述发送模块根据所述第二波束信息,向所述基站发送第一指示信息;所述第一指示信息包括:所述第二波束信息或第二波束信息的标识;在所述基站为所述服务小区所属的基站时,所述处理模块,具体用于根据当前业务的时延等级和所述相邻小区的能力信息,确定所述第二波束信息;所述发送模块用于根据所述第二波束信息,向所述基站发送第一指示信息;所述第一指示信息包括:所述第二波束信息或第二波束信息的标识。Exemplarily, the terminal device further includes a processing module, where the processing module is specifically configured to: according to a delay level of the current service and capability information of the serving cell, when the base station is a base station to which the serving cell belongs Determining, by the second beam information, the first indicator information is sent to the base station according to the second beam information; the first indication information includes: the second beam information or the second beam information And the processing module is configured to determine the second beam information according to a delay level of the current service and capability information of the neighboring cell, where the base station is a base station to which the serving cell belongs; The sending module is configured to send the first indication information to the base station according to the second beam information, where the first indication information includes: an identifier of the second beam information or the second beam information.
可选的,上述下行信号包括下述至少一种:同步信道、波束参考信号BRS。Optionally, the downlink signal includes at least one of the following: a synchronization channel and a beam reference signal BRS.
可选的,所述处理模块,具体用于在所述下行信号的测量结果小于或等于第一预设阈值时,指示所述发送模块向所述基站发送第一指示信息。Optionally, the processing module is configured to: when the measurement result of the downlink signal is less than or equal to the first preset threshold, instruct the sending module to send the first indication information to the base station.
可选的,所述终端设备为正在进行小区驻留的终端设备;所述终端设备还包括处理模块,所述处理模块,还用于在所述接收模块接收所述基站采用所述第二波束信息发送的所述下行信号之后,在所述下行信号的测量结果大于所述第一预设阈值时,与所述基站执行随机接入流程;所述发送模块用于向所述基站发送第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述基站停止采用第二波束信息发送所述下行信号;所述第二指示信息包括:所述第一波束信息或第一波束信息的标识;所述接收模块,还用于继续接收所述基站采用所述第一波束信息发送的所述下行信号;所述发送模块,还用于在所述下行信号的测量结果小于第二预设阈值时,向所述基站再次发送所述第一指示信息。Optionally, the terminal device is a terminal device that is performing cell camping; the terminal device further includes a processing module, where the processing module is further configured to receive, by the receiving module, the second beam by the base station After the downlink signal is sent by the information, when the measurement result of the downlink signal is greater than the first preset threshold, the random access procedure is performed with the base station; and the sending module is configured to send the second to the base station Instructing information, the second indication information is used to indicate that the base station stops using the second beam information to send the downlink signal, and the second indication information includes: the identifier of the first beam information or the first beam information; The receiving module is further configured to continue to receive the downlink signal that is sent by the base station by using the first beam information, and the sending module is further configured to: when the measurement result of the downlink signal is less than a second preset threshold, Sending the first indication information to the base station again.
可选的,所述终端设备为正在进行小区切换的终端设备,所述基站为服务小区所在的基站;所述发送模块,还用于在所述接收模块接收所述基站采用所述第二波束信息发送的所述下行信号之后,向所述基站上报所述下行信号的测量结果;所述接收模块,还用于在所述测量结果满足小区切换条件时,接收所述基站发送的切换命令;所述切换命令用于指示所述终端设备接入目标小区。Optionally, the terminal device is a terminal device that performs cell handover, and the base station is a base station where the serving cell is located; the sending module is further configured to receive, by the receiving module, the second beam by using the second antenna After the downlink signal is sent by the information, the measurement result of the downlink signal is reported to the base station; the receiving module is further configured to: when the measurement result meets a cell handover condition, receive a handover command sent by the base station; The handover command is used to indicate that the terminal device accesses a target cell.
可选的,所述终端设备为正在进行小区切换的终端设备,所述基站为目标小区所在的基站;所述发送模块用于在所述下行信号的测量结果小于第一预设阈值时,向所述目标小区所在的基站发送第一指示信息。Optionally, the terminal device is a terminal device that performs cell handover, where the base station is a base station where the target cell is located, and the sending module is configured to: when the measurement result of the downlink signal is less than a first preset threshold, The base station where the target cell is located sends the first indication information.
上述第三方面以及第三方面的各可能的实施方式所提供的终端设备,其有益效果可以参见上述第一方面和第一方面的各可能的实施方式所带来的有益效果,在此不再赘述。For the beneficial effects of the terminal device provided by the foregoing third aspect and the possible implementation manners of the third aspect, reference may be made to the beneficial effects brought by the first aspect and the possible implementation manners of the first aspect, and no longer Narration.
本申请实施例第四方面提供一种基站,包括:发送模块用于采用第一波束信息向终端设备发送下行信号;接收模块,用于接收所述终端设备发送的第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述基站采用第二波束信息向所述终端设备发送所述下行信号;所述发送模块还用于采用所述第二波束信息向所述终端设备发送所述下行信号。A fourth aspect of the present application provides a base station, including: a sending module, configured to send, by using a first beam information, a downlink signal to a terminal device, and a receiving module, configured to receive first indication information sent by the terminal device, where the An indication information is used to indicate that the base station sends the downlink signal to the terminal device by using the second beam information, and the sending module is further configured to send the downlink signal to the terminal device by using the second beam information.
可选的,第一波束信息和所述第二波束信息所包括的波束类型和波束扫描方式中的至少一种信息不同;所述第一波束信息所包含的波束类型为第一波束类型或第二波束类型;所述第二波束信息包含的波束类型为第一波束类型或第二波束类型,其中,所述第二波束 类型对应的波束的发射角度小于所述第一波束类型对应的波束的发射角度;所述第一波束信息所包含的波束扫描方式为单波束扫描方式或多波束并行扫描方式;所述第二波束信息所包含的波束扫描方式为单波束扫描方式或多波束并行扫描方式。Optionally, the first beam information and the second beam information are different in at least one of a beam type and a beam scanning manner; the first beam information includes a beam type that is a first beam type or a first beam type a second beam type; the second beam information includes a beam type of a first beam type or a second beam type, wherein the second beam The transmission angle of the beam corresponding to the type is smaller than the transmission angle of the beam corresponding to the first beam type; the beam scanning mode included in the first beam information is a single beam scanning mode or a multiple beam parallel scanning mode; the second beam The beam scanning mode included in the information is a single beam scanning method or a multi beam parallel scanning method.
可选的,所述发送模块,还用于采用第一波束信息向终端设备发送下行信号之前,采用第一波束信息向终端设备发送服务小区的能力信息和相邻小区的能力信息;所述服务小区的能力信息包括下述至少一种信息:所述服务小区所支持的波束类型与时延等级的映射关系、所述服务小区所支持的波束扫描方式与时延等级的映射关系,所述相邻小区的能力信息包括下述至少一种信息:所述相邻小区所支持的波束类型与时延等级的映射关系、所述相邻小区所支持的波束扫描方式与时延等级的映射关系。Optionally, the sending module is further configured to: before using the first beam information to send the downlink signal to the terminal device, use the first beam information to send the capability information of the serving cell and the capability information of the neighboring cell to the terminal device; the service The capability information of the cell includes at least one of the following: a mapping relationship between a beam type and a delay level supported by the serving cell, a mapping relationship between a beam scanning mode and a delay level supported by the serving cell, and the phase The capability information of the neighboring cell includes at least one of the following: a mapping relationship between a beam type and a delay level supported by the neighboring cell, and a mapping relationship between a beam scanning mode and a delay level supported by the neighboring cell.
示例性的,在所述基站为所述服务小区所属的基站时,所述第一指示信息包括:所述终端设备根据当前业务的时延等级和所述服务小区的能力信息所确定的所述第二波束信息或所述第二波束信息的标识;则所述发送模块,具体用于采用所述终端设备根据当前业务的时延等级和所述服务小区的能力信息所确定的所述第二波束信息,向所述终端设备发送所述下行信号;在所述基站为所述相邻小区所属的基站时,所述第一指示信息包括:所述终端设备根据当前业务的时延等级和所述相邻小区的能力信息所确定的所述第二波束信息或所述第二波束信息的标识;则所述发送模块,具体用于采用所述终端设备根据当前业务的时延等级和所述相邻小区的能力信息所确定的所述第二波束信息,向所述终端设备发送所述下行信号。Illustratively, when the base station is a base station to which the serving cell belongs, the first indication information includes: the terminal device determining, according to a delay level of a current service and capability information of the serving cell, The second beam information or the identifier of the second beam information; the sending module is specifically configured to use the second device determined by the terminal device according to a delay level of the current service and capability information of the serving cell And transmitting, by the beam information, the downlink signal to the terminal device; when the base station is a base station to which the neighboring cell belongs, the first indication information includes: a delay level and a location of the terminal device according to the current service The identifier of the second beam information or the second beam information determined by the capability information of the neighboring cell; the sending module is specifically configured to adopt, according to the delay level of the current service, the terminal device The second beam information determined by the capability information of the neighboring cell sends the downlink signal to the terminal device.
可选的,所述发送模块用于采用预设的所述第二波束信息,向所述终端设备发送所述下行信号。Optionally, the sending module is configured to send the downlink signal to the terminal device by using the preset second beam information.
可选的,所述下行信号包括下述至少一种:同步信道和/或波束参考信号BRS。Optionally, the downlink signal includes at least one of the following: a synchronization channel and/or a beam reference signal BRS.
可选的,所述终端设备还包括:处理模块;所述处理模块,用于根据所述终端设备的位置信息,确定所述第二波束信息对应的覆盖范围;所述发送模块,具体用于在所述第二波束信息对应的覆盖范围内,采用所述第二波束信息向所述终端设备发送所述下行信号。可选的,所述第一指示信息包括:所述第一波束信息对应的覆盖范围;则所述处理模块,具体用于将所述第一波束信息对应的覆盖范围作为所述第二波束信息对应的覆盖范围;所述发送模块用于在所述第二波束信息对应的覆盖范围内,采用所述第二波束信息向所述终端设备发送所述下行信号。可选的,所述处理模块,具体用于通过对所述第一指示信息的测量,确定所述第一波束信息对应的覆盖范围,并将所述第一波束信息对应的覆盖范围作为所述第二波束信息对应的覆盖范围;所述发送模块用于在所述第二波束信息对应的覆盖范围内,采用所述第二波束信息向所述终端设备发送所述下行信号。Optionally, the terminal device further includes: a processing module, where the processing module is configured to determine, according to location information of the terminal device, a coverage range corresponding to the second beam information; And transmitting, by the second beam information, the downlink signal to the terminal device in a coverage area corresponding to the second beam information. Optionally, the first indication information includes: a coverage area corresponding to the first beam information; and the processing module is specifically configured to use a coverage range corresponding to the first beam information as the second beam information. Corresponding coverage; the sending module is configured to send the downlink signal to the terminal device by using the second beam information in a coverage area corresponding to the second beam information. Optionally, the processing module is configured to determine, by using the measurement of the first indication information, a coverage area corresponding to the first beam information, and use the coverage area corresponding to the first beam information as the a coverage area corresponding to the second beam information, where the sending module is configured to send the downlink signal to the terminal device by using the second beam information in a coverage area corresponding to the second beam information.
可选的,所述接收模块,具体用于接收所述终端设备在所述下行信号的测量结果小于或等于第一预设阈值时发送的第一指示信息。Optionally, the receiving module is configured to receive first indication information that is sent by the terminal device when the measurement result of the downlink signal is less than or equal to a first preset threshold.
可选的,所述终端设备为正在进行小区驻留的终端设备;所述处理模块,还用于在所述发送模块采用所述第二波束信息向所述终端设备发送所述下行信号之后,与所述终端设备执行随机接入流程;所述接收模块用于接收所述终端设备发送的第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述基站停止采用第二波束信息发送所述下行信号;所述第二指示信息包括:所述第一波束信息或第一波束信息的标识。Optionally, the terminal device is a terminal device that is performing cell camping; the processing module is further configured to: after the sending module sends the downlink signal to the terminal device by using the second beam information, Performing a random access procedure with the terminal device; the receiving module is configured to receive second indication information that is sent by the terminal device, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the base station stops using the second beam information to send the And the second indication information includes: the identifier of the first beam information or the first beam information.
可选的,所述终端设备为正在进行小区切换的终端设备,所述基站为服务小区所在的 基站;Optionally, the terminal device is a terminal device that performs cell handover, where the base station is a serving cell. Base station
所述接收模块,还用于在所述发送模块采用所述第二波束信息向所述终端设备发送所述下行信号之后,接收所述终端设备上报的所述下行信号的测量结果;所述发送模块,还用于在所述测量结果满足小区切换条件时,向所述终端设备发送切换命令;所述切换命令用于指示所述终端设备向目标小区所在的基站发起随机接入过程。则在该实现方式下,所述发送模块,还用于在所述接收模块接收所述终端设备发送的第一指示信息之后,向所述目标小区所在的基站发送第一指示信息。The receiving module is further configured to: after the transmitting module sends the downlink signal to the terminal device by using the second beam information, receive a measurement result of the downlink signal reported by the terminal device; The module is further configured to: when the measurement result meets a cell handover condition, send a handover command to the terminal device; the handover command is used to instruct the terminal device to initiate a random access procedure to a base station where the target cell is located. In this implementation, the sending module is further configured to: after the receiving module receives the first indication information sent by the terminal device, send the first indication information to the base station where the target cell is located.
上述第四方面以及第四方面的各可能的实施方式所提供的基站,其有益效果可以参见上述第一方面和第一方面的各可能的实施方式所带来的有益效果,在此不再赘述。For the beneficial effects of the base station provided by the foregoing fourth aspect and the possible implementation manners of the fourth aspect, reference may be made to the beneficial effects brought by the foregoing first aspect and the possible implementation manners of the first aspect, and details are not described herein again. .
本申请实施例第五方面提供一种终端设备,所述终端设备包括处理器和存储器,所述处理器和所述存储器通过总线连接;其中,所述存储器用于存储计算机可执行程序代码,所述程序代码包括指令;当所述处理器执行所述指令时,所述指令使所述终端设备执行本申请第一方面提供的方法。A fifth aspect of the embodiments of the present application provides a terminal device, where the terminal device includes a processor and a memory, where the processor and the memory are connected by a bus; wherein the memory is used to store computer executable program code, where The program code includes instructions that, when executed by the processor, cause the terminal device to perform the method provided by the first aspect of the present application.
本申请实施例第六方面提供一种基站,所述基站包括处理器和存储器,所述处理器和所述存储器通过总线连接;其中,所述存储器用于存储计算机可执行程序代码,所述程序代码包括指令;当所述处理器执行所述指令时,所述指令使所述基站执行本申请第二方面提供的方法。A sixth aspect of the embodiments of the present application provides a base station, where the base station includes a processor and a memory, where the processor and the memory are connected by a bus; wherein the memory is used to store computer executable program code, the program The code includes instructions that, when executed by the processor, cause the base station to perform the method provided by the second aspect of the present application.
本申请实施例第七方面提供一种终端设备,包括用于执行以上第一方面的方法的至少一个处理元件(或芯片)。A seventh aspect of the embodiments of the present application provides a terminal device, including at least one processing element (or chip) for performing the method of the above first aspect.
本申请实施例第八方面提供一种基站,包括用于执行以上第二方面的方法的至少一个处理元件(或芯片)。An eighth aspect of the embodiments of the present application provides a base station, comprising at least one processing element (or chip) for performing the method of the above second aspect.
本申请实施例第九方面提供一种程序,该程序在被处理器执行时用于执行以上第一方面的方法。A ninth aspect of the embodiments of the present application provides a program for performing the method of the above first aspect when executed by a processor.
本申请实施例第十方面提供一种程序产品,例如计算机可读存储介质,包括第九方面的程序。A tenth aspect of the embodiments of the present application provides a program product, such as a computer readable storage medium, comprising the program of the ninth aspect.
本申请实施例第十一方面提供一种程序,该程序在被处理器执行时用于执行以上第二方面的方法。An eleventh aspect of the embodiments of the present application provides a program for performing the method of the above second aspect when executed by a processor.
本申请实施例第十二方面提供一种程序产品,例如计算机可读存储介质,包括第十一方面的程序。A twelfth aspect of the embodiments of the present application provides a program product, such as a computer readable storage medium, including the program of the eleventh aspect.
本申请实施例提供的终端设备移动性的处理方法、终端设备和基站,基站在采用第一波束信息向终端设备发送用于终端设备进行移动性管理的下行信号时,终端设备可以向基站发送第一指示信息,以使得基站可以采用第二波束信息重新向终端设备发送该下行信号。即,基站可以根据终端设备的需求,向终端设备针对性的发送适用于终端设备的下行信号,增加了基站向终端设备发送下行信号的方式,满足了不同终端设备的需求。The terminal device mobility processing method, the terminal device, and the base station provided by the embodiment of the present application, when the base station sends the downlink signal for the terminal device to perform mobility management to the terminal device by using the first beam information, the terminal device may send the An indication information, so that the base station can retransmit the downlink signal to the terminal device by using the second beam information. That is, the base station can transmit the downlink signal applicable to the terminal device to the terminal device in a targeted manner according to the requirements of the terminal device, and increase the manner in which the base station sends the downlink signal to the terminal device, which satisfies the requirements of different terminal devices.
附图说明DRAWINGS
图1为本申请实施例提供的应用场景图;FIG. 1 is an application scenario diagram provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图2为本申请实施例提供的波束扫描方式示意图一;2 is a schematic diagram 1 of a beam scanning method according to an embodiment of the present application;
图3为本申请实施例提供的波束扫描方式示意图二; FIG. 3 is a second schematic diagram of a beam scanning manner according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图4为本申请实施例提供的一种终端设备移动性的处理方法的信令流程图;FIG. 4 is a signaling flowchart of a method for processing mobility of a terminal device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图5为本申请实施例提供的另一种终端设备移动性的处理方法的信令流程图;FIG. 5 is a signaling flowchart of another method for processing mobility of a terminal device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图6为本申请实施例提供的又一种终端设备移动性的处理方法的信令流程图;FIG. 6 is a signaling flowchart of still another method for processing mobility of a terminal device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图7为本申请实施例提供的又一种终端设备移动性的处理方法的信令流程图;FIG. 7 is a signaling flowchart of still another method for processing mobility of a terminal device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图8为本申请实施例提供的一种终端设备的结构示意图;FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图9为本申请实施例提供的一种基站的结构示意图;FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of a base station according to an embodiment of the present application;
图10为本申请实施例提供的另一种终端设备的结构示意图;FIG. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of another terminal device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图11为本申请实施例提供的另一种基站的结构示意图;FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of another base station according to an embodiment of the present application;
图12为本申请实施例提供的终端设备为手机时的部分结构的框图。FIG. 12 is a block diagram showing a partial structure of a terminal device when the terminal device is a mobile phone according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
具体实施方式detailed description
本申请实施例中,“多个”是指两个或两个以上。“和/或”,描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况。字符“/”一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。In the embodiment of the present application, "a plurality" means two or more. "and/or", describing the association relationship of the associated objects, indicating that there may be three relationships, for example, A and/or B, which may indicate that there are three cases where A exists separately, A and B exist at the same time, and B exists separately. The character "/" generally indicates that the contextual object is an "or" relationship.
本申请实施例涉及的终端设备,可以是指向用户提供语音和/或数据连通性的设备,具有无线连接功能的手持式设备、或连接到无线调制解调器的其他处理设备。无线终端可以经无线接入网(Radio Access Network,RAN)与一个或多个核心网进行通信,无线终端可以是移动终端,如移动电话(或称为“蜂窝”电话)和具有移动终端的计算机,例如,可以是便携式、袖珍式、手持式、计算机内置的或者车载的移动装置,它们与无线接入网交换语言和/或数据。例如,个人通信业务(Personal Communication Service,PCS)电话、无绳电话、会话发起协议(SIP)话机、无线本地环路(WLL,Wireless Local Loop)站、个人数字助理(Personal Digital Assistant,PDA)等设备。无线终端也可以称为系统、订户单元(Subscriber Unit)、订户站(Subscriber Station),移动站(Mobile Station)、移动台(Mobile)、远程站(Remote Station)、接入点(Access Point)、远程终端(Remote Terminal)、接入终端(Access Terminal)、用户终端(User Terminal)、用户代理(User Agent)、用户设备(User Device)、或用户装备(User Equipment)。The terminal device involved in the embodiment of the present application may be a device that provides voice and/or data connectivity to a user, a handheld device with a wireless connection function, or other processing device connected to a wireless modem. The wireless terminal can communicate with one or more core networks via a Radio Access Network (RAN), which can be a mobile terminal, such as a mobile phone (or "cellular" phone) and a computer with a mobile terminal. For example, it may be a portable, pocket, handheld, computer built-in or in-vehicle mobile device that exchanges language and/or data with a wireless access network. For example, Personal Communication Service (PCS) phones, cordless phones, Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) phones, Wireless Local Loop (WLL) stations, Personal Digital Assistant (PDA), etc. . A wireless terminal may also be called a system, a subscriber unit, a subscriber station, a mobile station, a mobile station, a remote station, an access point, or an access point. Remote Terminal, Access Terminal, User Terminal, User Agent, User Device, or User Equipment.
本申请实施例所涉及的基站,可用于将收到的空中帧与IP分组进行相互转换,作为无线终端与接入网的其余部分之间的路由器,其中接入网的其余部分可包括网际协议(IP)网络。基站还可协调对空中接口的属性管理。例如,基站可以是GSM或CDMA中的基站(Base Transceiver Station,BTS),也可以是WCDMA中的基站(NodeB),还可以是LTE中的演进型基站(eNB或e-NodeB,evolutional Node B),本申请并不限定。The base station involved in the embodiment of the present application may be configured to convert a received air frame and an IP packet into a router between the wireless terminal and the rest of the access network, where the rest of the access network may include an internet protocol. (IP) network. The base station can also coordinate attribute management of the air interface. For example, the base station may be a Base Transceiver Station (BTS) in GSM or CDMA, or may be a base station (NodeB) in WCDMA, or may be an evolved base station (eNB or e-NodeB, evolutional Node B) in LTE. This application is not limited.
随着通信技术的不断发展,现有的无线频谱资源已经无法满足用户在实际使用时的需求,因此,在将来的5G通信系统中,基站和终端设备可以使用高频信号进行通信,即基站向终端设备发送的下行信号,以及,终端设备向基站发送的上行信号均为高频信号。With the continuous development of communication technologies, the existing wireless spectrum resources can no longer meet the needs of users in actual use. Therefore, in future 5G communication systems, base stations and terminal devices can communicate using high-frequency signals, that is, base stations The downlink signal sent by the terminal device and the uplink signal sent by the terminal device to the base station are all high frequency signals.
图1为本申请实施例提供的应用场景图。如图1所示,由于高频信号在传输过程中的衰减比较大,因此,为了提高小区的覆盖范围,在将来的5G通信系统中,基站和终端设备之间可以采用波束赋形的方式发送高频信号。这里所说的波束赋形为一种基于天线阵列的信号预处理技术,即波束赋形通过调整天线阵列中每个阵元的加权系数,可以产生具有指向性的波束,从而能够获得明显的阵列增益。因此,基站和终端设备采用波束赋形的方 式发送高频信号时,能够扩大小区的覆盖范围、改善小区边缘的吞吐量等。FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 1 , since the attenuation of the high-frequency signal in the transmission process is relatively large, in order to improve the coverage of the cell, in the future 5G communication system, the base station and the terminal device may be sent by beamforming. High frequency signal. The beamforming described here is an antenna array-based signal pre-processing technique, that is, beamforming can generate a directional beam by adjusting the weighting coefficients of each array element in the antenna array, thereby obtaining a distinct array. Gain. Therefore, the base station and the terminal device adopt the beam forming side. When the high frequency signal is transmitted, the coverage of the cell can be expanded, and the throughput of the cell edge can be improved.
图2为本申请实施例提供的波束扫描方式示意图一。图3为本申请实施例提供的波束扫描方式示意图二。如图2和图3所示,目前,基站在采用波束赋形的方式广播用于终端设备移动性管理的下行信号时,基站可以在无线帧的扫描子帧上,采用图2所示的单波束扫描方式广播该下行信号,还可以采用图3所示的多波束并行扫描方式广播该下行信号。其中,上述扫描子帧为用于发送用于终端设备移动性管理的下行信号的无线子帧,该扫描子帧可以为一个无线子帧,也可以包括多个无线子帧。FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram 1 of a beam scanning manner according to an embodiment of the present application. FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram 2 of a beam scanning manner according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 2 and FIG. 3, when the base station broadcasts a downlink signal for terminal device mobility management in a beamforming manner, the base station can use the single ticket shown in FIG. 2 on the scanning subframe of the radio frame. The downlink signal is broadcasted by the beam scanning method, and the downlink signal can also be broadcasted by the multi-beam parallel scanning method shown in FIG. The scanning subframe is a wireless subframe for transmitting a downlink signal for terminal device mobility management, and the scanning subframe may be one wireless subframe or multiple wireless subframes.
如图2所示,基站采用单波束扫描方式在扫描子帧上发送该下行信号时,基站可以在扫描子帧的每个符号上,采用一个波束向服务小区的一个方向发送该下行信号。然后,基站在该符号之后的下一个符号上,继续采用一个波束向服务小区的另一个方向发送该下行信号,直至基站所发送的下行信号可以覆盖到整个服务小区。由于一个波束的宽度与该波束在服务小区上的覆盖范围一一对应,因此,基站所使用的一个波束的宽度具体可以根据服务小区的覆盖范围和/或扫描子帧的符号个数确定。As shown in FIG. 2, when the base station uses the single-beam scanning mode to transmit the downlink signal on the scanning subframe, the base station may use one beam to send the downlink signal to one direction of the serving cell on each symbol of the scanning subframe. Then, the base station continues to transmit the downlink signal to the other direction of the serving cell by using one beam on the next symbol after the symbol, until the downlink signal sent by the base station can cover the entire serving cell. Since the width of one beam is in one-to-one correspondence with the coverage of the beam on the serving cell, the width of one beam used by the base station may be specifically determined according to the coverage of the serving cell and/or the number of symbols of the scanned subframe.
如图3所示,基站采用多波束并行扫描方式在扫描子帧上发送该下行信号时,基站可以在扫描子帧的每个符号上,采用多个波束向服务小区的多个方向发送该下行信号。然后,基站在该符号之后的下一个符号上,继续采用多个波束向服务小区的其他多个方向发送该下行信号,直至基站所发送的下行信号可以覆盖到整个服务小区或者服务小区的一部分。其中,基站一次所采用的多个波束可以为多个相邻的波束,也可以为多个不相邻的波束(即任意两个波束均不相邻,或者,只有部分波束相邻,其他部分波束不相邻等)。图3中示出的是以基站在扫描子帧的每个符号上,采用4个相邻的波束向服务小区的4个相邻的方向发送下行信号的示意图。As shown in FIG. 3, when the base station transmits the downlink signal on the scanning subframe by using the multi-beam parallel scanning mode, the base station may use multiple beams to send the downlink to multiple directions of the serving cell on each symbol of the scanning subframe. signal. Then, the base station continues to use the multiple beams to transmit the downlink signal to other multiple directions of the serving cell on the next symbol after the symbol, until the downlink signal sent by the base station can cover the entire serving cell or a part of the serving cell. The multiple beams used by the base station at one time may be multiple adjacent beams, or may be multiple non-adjacent beams (ie, any two beams are not adjacent, or only partial beams are adjacent, and other parts are Beams are not adjacent, etc.). 3 is a schematic diagram of a base station transmitting downlink signals to four adjacent directions of a serving cell using four adjacent beams on each symbol of a scanned subframe.
根据上述描述可知,基站采用多波束并行扫描方式发送下行信号与采用单波束扫描方式发送下行信号相比,采用多波束并行扫描方式发送下行信号提高了基站在整个服务小区上广播该下行信号的效率,降低了广播该下行信号的时延。但是,由于基站在采用多波束并行扫描方式发送该下行信号时,会在每个符号上都使用多个波束发送下行信号,使得基站的功耗较大。According to the above description, the base station adopts the multi-beam parallel scanning mode to transmit the downlink signal and the single-beam scanning mode to transmit the downlink signal, and the multi-beam parallel scanning mode to transmit the downlink signal improves the efficiency of the base station broadcasting the downlink signal on the entire serving cell. , reducing the delay of broadcasting the downlink signal. However, since the base station transmits the downlink signal by using the multi-beam parallel scanning method, multiple signals are used to transmit the downlink signal on each symbol, so that the power consumption of the base station is large.
同时,基站在采用上述多波束并行扫描方式发送下行信号,或者,采用单波束扫描方式发送下行信号时,基站也可以采用不同宽度的波束(即不同的波束类型)。当基站采用较宽的波束发送下行信号时,基站通过较少数量的波束就可以覆盖到整个服务小区的覆盖范围,降低了基站的信令开销。但是,基站在采用较宽的波束发送信号时,波束的覆盖范围(即距离小区天线的长度)会小于较窄的波束的覆盖范围,从而使得位于小区覆盖范围边缘的终端设备所接收到的信号的强度会降低,进而使得终端设备成功接收下行信号的概率降低。At the same time, the base station may use the multi-beam parallel scanning mode to transmit the downlink signal, or when the single-beam scanning mode is used to transmit the downlink signal, the base station may also use different width beams (ie, different beam types). When the base station uses a wider beam to transmit the downlink signal, the base station can cover the coverage of the entire serving cell by using a smaller number of beams, thereby reducing the signaling overhead of the base station. However, when a base station transmits a signal with a wider beam, the coverage of the beam (ie, the length of the cell antenna) is smaller than the coverage of the narrower beam, so that the signal received by the terminal device located at the edge of the cell coverage is received. The strength of the terminal device is reduced, which in turn reduces the probability that the terminal device successfully receives the downlink signal.
考虑到上述情况,本申请实施例提供的终端设备移动性的处理方法,用于解决在使用高频信号的小区中的基站如何向终端设备发送下行信号的技术问题。In view of the above, the method for processing mobility of a terminal device provided by the embodiment of the present application is to solve the technical problem of how a base station in a cell using a high frequency signal sends a downlink signal to a terminal device.
下面以具体地实施例对本申请的技术方案进行详细说明。下面这几个具体的实施例可以相互结合,对于相同或相似的概念或过程可能在某些实施例不再赘述。The technical solutions of the present application are described in detail below with specific embodiments. The following specific embodiments may be combined with each other, and the same or similar concepts or processes may not be described in some embodiments.
图4为本申请实施例提供的一种终端设备移动性的处理方法的信令流程图。本实施例涉及的是基站在采用第一波束信息向终端设备发送下行信号时,基站如何根据终端设备发 送的第一指示信息,采用第二波束信息向终端设备发送下行信号的具体过程。如图4所示,该方法包括:FIG. 4 is a signaling flowchart of a method for processing mobility of a terminal device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure. The embodiment relates to how the base station sends the downlink signal to the terminal device when the first beam information is used by the base station. The specific process of sending the downlink signal to the terminal device by using the second indicator information. As shown in FIG. 4, the method includes:
S101、基站采用第一波束信息向终端设备发送下行信号。S101. The base station sends the downlink signal to the terminal device by using the first beam information.
具体的,上述基站和终端设备为通过高频信号、且采用波束赋形的方式进行通信的基站和终端设备。在本实施例中,上述基站当前采用第一波束信息向终端设备发送下行信号。其中,上述下行信号可以为用于终端设备进行移动性管理的下行信号,即基于终端设备对该下行信号的测量,可以进行小区驻留、小区重选、小区切换等移动行为的决策。该下行信号例如可以为下述任一个:同步信道、波束参考信号(Beamforming Reference Signal,简称:BRS)、信道状态信息参考信号等。Specifically, the base station and the terminal device are base stations and terminal devices that communicate by means of high-frequency signals and adopt beamforming. In this embodiment, the base station currently uses the first beam information to send a downlink signal to the terminal device. The downlink signal may be a downlink signal used for mobility management of the terminal device, that is, based on the measurement of the downlink signal by the terminal device, the mobile behavior such as cell camping, cell reselection, and cell handover may be determined. The downlink signal may be, for example, any one of the following: a synchronization channel, a Beamforming Reference Signal (BRS), a channel state information reference signal, and the like.
上述第一波束信息可以包括与波束相关的信息,例如:波束类型和/或波束扫描方式、波束索引或波束标识等。这里所说的波束类型例如可以包括第一波束类型和第二波束类型中的任一种,其中,第二波束类型对应的波束的发射角度小于第一波束类型对应的波束的发射角度,即第二波束类型对应的波束比第一波束类型对应的波束窄。这里所说的波束扫描方式例如可以包括单波束扫描方式、多波束并行扫描方式中的任一种。需要说明的是,当上述第一波束信息仅包括波束类型时,上述第一波束信息所涉及的波束扫描方式可以为一预设的波束扫描方式,当上述第一波束信息仅包括波束扫描方式时,上述第一波束信息所涉及的波束类型可以为一预设的波束类型。The first beam information may include beam-related information, such as beam type and/or beam scanning mode, beam index or beam identification, and the like. The beam type mentioned herein may include, for example, any one of a first beam type and a second beam type, wherein a beam angle corresponding to a beam size of the second beam type is smaller than a beam angle of a beam corresponding to the first beam type, that is, a The beam corresponding to the two beam types is narrower than the beam corresponding to the first beam type. The beam scanning method referred to herein may include, for example, any one of a single beam scanning method and a multi beam parallel scanning method. It should be noted that, when the first beam information includes only the beam type, the beam scanning mode of the first beam information may be a preset beam scanning mode, when the first beam information only includes the beam scanning mode. The beam type involved in the foregoing first beam information may be a preset beam type.
可选的,在本申请实施例的另一实现方式中,上述第一波束信息可以包括:下行信号发送功率和/或下行信号发送周期等。其中,波束类型与下行信号发送功率相关,即不同宽度的波束所使用的发送功率不同,因而采用不同宽度的波束发送的下行信号的发送功率也就不同。波束扫描方式与下行信号发送周期相关,即在不同的扫描方式下,基站向同一个方向发送下行信号的间隔时长不同,因此,采用不同扫描方式发送的下行信号的发送周期不同。需要说明的是,当上述第一波束信息仅包括下行信号发送功率时,上述第一波束信息所涉及的下行信号发送周期可以为一预设的下行信号发送周期,当上述第一波束信息仅包括下行信号发送周期时,上述第一波束信息所涉及的下行信号发送功率可以为一预设的下行信号发送功率。Optionally, in another implementation manner of the embodiment of the present application, the first beam information may include: downlink signal transmission power and/or downlink signal transmission period, and the like. The beam type is related to the downlink signal transmission power, that is, the transmission powers of the beams of different widths are different, and thus the transmission power of the downlink signals transmitted by the beams of different widths is different. The beam scanning mode is related to the downlink signal transmission period. That is, in different scanning modes, the interval lengths at which the base station sends the downlink signals in the same direction are different. Therefore, the transmission periods of the downlink signals transmitted by using different scanning modes are different. It should be noted that, when the first beam information includes only the downlink signal transmission power, the downlink signal transmission period involved in the first beam information may be a preset downlink signal transmission period, when the first beam information only includes During the downlink signal transmission period, the downlink signal transmission power involved in the first beam information may be a preset downlink signal transmission power.
S102、终端设备接收该下行信号。S102. The terminal device receives the downlink signal.
S103、终端设备根据采用第一波束信息发送的下行信号,向基站发送第一指示信息。S103. The terminal device sends the first indication information to the base station according to the downlink signal that is sent by using the first beam information.
具体的,终端设备在接收到基站采用第一波束信息发送的下行信号之后,终端设备可以根据采用第一波束信息发送的下行信号,向基站发送第一指示信息,以指示基站采用第二波束信息向终端设备发送该下行信号。其中,上述第二波束信息可以为与上述第一波束信息不同的波束信息。Specifically, after receiving the downlink signal sent by the base station by using the first beam information, the terminal device may send the first indication information to the base station according to the downlink signal sent by using the first beam information, to indicate that the base station uses the second beam information. The downlink signal is sent to the terminal device. The second beam information may be beam information different from the first beam information.
可选的,当上述第一波束信息包括波束类型和/或波束扫描方式时,则上述第二波束信息可以与上述第一波束信息所包括的波束类型和/或波束扫描方式不同。即,上述第二波束信息可以与上述第一波束信息的中所携带的波束类型不同。或者,上述第二波束信息与上述第一波束信息的中所携带的波束扫描方式不同。或者,上述第二波束信息可以与上述第一波束信息的中所携带的波束类型和波束扫描方式均不同等。其中,本实施例不限定上述终端设备如何通过第一指示信息指示基站采用第二波束信息向终端设备发送该下行信号。例如:上述终端设备可以将第二波束信息中所包括的波束类型和/或波束扫描方式携带在第 一指示信息的方式,以指示基站采用第二波束信息向终端设备发送该下行信号。上述终端设备还可以将第二波束信息中所包括的波束类型的索引信息和/或波束扫描方式的索引信息携带在第一指示信息中,以指示基站采用第二波束信息向终端设备发送该下行信号。上述终端设备还可以将第二波束信息的索引信息携带在第一指示信息中,以指示基站采用第二波束信息向终端设备发送该下行信号等。Optionally, when the first beam information includes a beam type and/or a beam scanning mode, the second beam information may be different from a beam type and/or a beam scanning mode included in the first beam information. That is, the second beam information may be different from the beam type carried in the first beam information. Alternatively, the second beam information is different from the beam scanning mode carried in the first beam information. Alternatively, the second beam information may be different from the beam type and the beam scanning mode carried in the first beam information. The embodiment does not limit how the terminal device instructs the base station to use the second indicator information to send the downlink signal to the terminal device by using the first indication information. For example, the foregoing terminal device may carry the beam type and/or the beam scanning manner included in the second beam information in the first A manner of indicating information to instruct the base station to use the second beam information to send the downlink signal to the terminal device. The terminal device may further include the index information of the beam type and/or the index information of the beam scanning mode included in the second beam information in the first indication information, to indicate that the base station sends the downlink to the terminal device by using the second beam information. signal. The terminal device may further carry the index information of the second beam information in the first indication information, to indicate that the base station sends the downlink signal or the like to the terminal device by using the second beam information.
可选的,当上述第一波束信息包括下行信号发送功率和/或下行信号发送周期时,则上述第二波束信息可以与上述第一波束信息所包括的下行信号发送功率和/或下行信号发送周期不同。即,上述第二波束信息与上述第一波束信息的中所携带的下行信号发送功率不同。或者,上述第二波束信息与上述第一波束信息的中所携带的下行信号发送周期不同。或者,上述第二波束信息与上述第一波束信息的中所携带的下行信号发送功率和下行信号发送周期均不同等。Optionally, when the first beam information includes a downlink signal transmission power and/or a downlink signal transmission period, the second beam information may be sent with the downlink signal transmission power and/or the downlink signal included in the first beam information. The cycle is different. That is, the second beam information is different from the downlink signal transmission power carried in the first beam information. Alternatively, the second beam information is different from the downlink signal transmission period carried in the first beam information. Alternatively, the second beam information and the downlink signal transmission power and the downlink signal transmission period carried in the first beam information are different.
S104、基站接收该第一指示信息。S104. The base station receives the first indication information.
S105、基站采用第二波束信息向终端设备发送下行信号。S105. The base station sends the downlink signal to the terminal device by using the second beam information.
具体的,基站在接收到终端设备发送的第一指示信息之后,可以根据该第一指示信息,采用第二波束信息向终端设备重新发送该下行信号,从而使得终端设备可以接收到基站所采用的第二波束信息发送的下行信号。Specifically, after receiving the first indication information sent by the terminal device, the base station may retransmit the downlink signal to the terminal device by using the second beam information according to the first indication information, so that the terminal device can receive the used by the base station. The downlink signal sent by the second beam information.
以上述第一波束信息与第二波束信息所包括的波束类型不同为例,假定第一波束信息包括第一波束类型,第二波束信息包括第二波束类型。其中,第二波束类型对应的波束的发射角度小于第一波束类型对应的波束的发射角度。即第二波束类型对应的波束比第一波束类型对应的波束窄。此时,由于基站采用越窄的波束发送的信号的强度越高,即使基站采用相同的发射功率,由于波束指向性增益,在某一位置处的终端接收到的信号强度高于较宽的波束;因此,基站在采用第二波束类型发送该下行信号时的信号强度会高于采用第一波束类型发送该下行信号时的强度,提高了终端设备成功接收该下行信号的概率。相应地,若上述第一波束信息包括第二波束类型、第一波束信息包括第一波束类型,则在该情况下,由于基站在采用第一波束类型发送该下行信号时,可以使用较少数量的波束向整个服务小区发送下行信号,因此,基站在采用第一波束类型发送该下行信号时的信令开销低于采用第二波束类型发送该下行信号时的信令开销,降低了基站的信令开销。Taking the beam type included in the first beam information and the second beam information as an example, the first beam information includes a first beam type, and the second beam information includes a second beam type. The transmit angle of the beam corresponding to the second beam type is smaller than the transmit angle of the beam corresponding to the first beam type. That is, the beam corresponding to the second beam type is narrower than the beam corresponding to the first beam type. At this time, since the strength of the signal transmitted by the base station using the narrower beam is higher, even if the base station uses the same transmission power, the signal received by the terminal at a certain position is higher than the wider beam due to the beam directivity gain. Therefore, the signal strength of the base station when transmitting the downlink signal by using the second beam type is higher than that when the downlink signal is transmitted by using the first beam type, thereby improving the probability that the terminal device successfully receives the downlink signal. Correspondingly, if the first beam information includes the second beam type, and the first beam information includes the first beam type, in this case, since the base station transmits the downlink signal by using the first beam type, a smaller number may be used. The beam transmits a downlink signal to the entire serving cell. Therefore, the signaling overhead when the base station transmits the downlink signal by using the first beam type is lower than the signaling overhead when the downlink signal is sent by using the second beam type, and the base station's signaling is reduced. Make the cost.
以上述第一波束信息与第二波束信息所包括的波束扫描方式不同为例,假定第一波束信息包括单波束扫描方式,第二波束信息包括多波束并行扫描方式。此时,由于基站在采用多波束并行扫描方式发送该下行信号时,基站一次可以向服务小区的多个方向发送该下行信号,使得终端设备接收到基站发送的该下行信号的时间缩短,提高了终端设备接收该下行信号的效率,降低了终端设备接收该下行信号的时延。相应地,若第一波束信息包括多波束并行扫描方式,第二波束信息包括单波束扫描方式,则在该情况下,由于基站每次可以只用一个波束向服务小区的一个方向发送下行信号,因此,可以降低基站的功耗。For example, the first beam information is different from the beam scanning mode included in the second beam information, and the first beam information includes a single beam scanning mode, and the second beam information includes a multi-beam parallel scanning mode. At this time, when the base station transmits the downlink signal by using the multi-beam parallel scanning mode, the base station can send the downlink signal to the serving cell in multiple directions at a time, so that the time for the terminal device to receive the downlink signal sent by the base station is shortened, and the time is improved. The efficiency of receiving the downlink signal by the terminal device reduces the delay of the terminal device receiving the downlink signal. Correspondingly, if the first beam information includes the multi-beam parallel scanning mode, and the second beam information includes the single beam scanning mode, in this case, since the base station can send the downlink signal to one direction of the serving cell by using only one beam at a time, Therefore, the power consumption of the base station can be reduced.
以上述第一波束信息与第二波束信息包括的波束类型和波束扫描方式均不同为例,假定第一波束信息包括的第一波束类型和单波束扫描方式,第二波束信息包括第二波束类型和多波束并行扫描方式。此时,由于基站在采用第二波束类型发送该下行信号时的信号强度会高于采用第一波束类型发送该下行信号时的强度,且基站在采用多波束并行扫描方式发送该下行信号时,终端设备接收到基站发送的该下行信号的时间缩短,因此,不仅可以 提高终端设备成功接收该下行信号的概率,还可以提高终端设备接收该下行信号的效率,降低了终端设备接收该下行信号的时延。Taking the beam type and the beam scanning mode included in the first beam information and the second beam information as an example, assuming that the first beam information includes a first beam type and a single beam scanning mode, and the second beam information includes a second beam type. And multi-beam parallel scanning. In this case, when the base station transmits the downlink signal by using the second beam type, the signal strength is higher than when the downlink signal is transmitted by using the first beam type, and the base station transmits the downlink signal by using the multi-beam parallel scanning mode. The time for the terminal device to receive the downlink signal sent by the base station is shortened, so that not only can The probability of the terminal device successfully receiving the downlink signal is improved, and the efficiency of the terminal device receiving the downlink signal is also improved, and the delay of the terminal device receiving the downlink signal is reduced.
对于上述第一波束信息与第二波束信息所包括的下行信号发送功率和/或下行信号发送周期不同的情况,由于波束类型与下行信号发送功率一一对应,波束扫描方式与下行信号发送周期一一对应。因此,基站采用这种第二波束信息向终端设备发送下行信号所带来的有益效果,具体可以参见上述对于上述第一波束信息与第二波束信息所包括的波束类型和/或波束扫描方式不同时基站发送下行信号的有益效果,对此不再赘述。For the case where the downlink signal transmission power and/or the downlink signal transmission period included in the first beam information and the second beam information are different, since the beam type and the downlink signal transmission power are in one-to-one correspondence, the beam scanning mode and the downlink signal transmission period are one. A correspondence. Therefore, the base station uses the second beam information to send the downlink signal to the terminal device. For details, refer to the beam type and/or beam scanning mode included in the foregoing first beam information and second beam information. At the same time, the beneficial effects of the downlink signal sent by the base station are not described herein.
通过这种方式,使得基站可以根据终端设备发送的第一指示信息,采用不同的波束信息向终端设备发送该下行信号。即,基站可以根据终端设备的需求,向终端设备针对性的发送适用于终端设备的下行信号,避免出现基站对服务小区的所有终端设备都采用一种波束信息发送下行信号时,导致部分终端设备出现无法正确接收信号或者终端设备接收到的信号无法满足时延的要求的情况,或者,导致基站的开销和硬件成本的增加的情况。In this way, the base station can send the downlink signal to the terminal device by using different beam information according to the first indication information sent by the terminal device. That is, the base station can transmit the downlink signal applicable to the terminal device to the terminal device in a targeted manner according to the requirements of the terminal device, so as to prevent the terminal device from using a beam information to transmit the downlink signal to all the terminal devices of the serving cell, causing some terminal devices to be generated. There is a case where the signal cannot be correctly received or the signal received by the terminal device cannot satisfy the delay, or the overhead of the base station and the hardware cost increase.
S106、终端设备接收该下行信号。S106. The terminal device receives the downlink signal.
具体的,终端设备在接收到基站采用第二波束信息发送的下行信号之后,可以基于对该下行信号的测量,进行小区驻留、小区重选、小区切换等移动行为的决策。Specifically, after receiving the downlink signal sent by the base station by using the second beam information, the terminal device may perform a mobile behavior decision such as cell camping, cell reselection, and cell handover based on the measurement of the downlink signal.
可以理解,本申请实施例以两种不同的波束信息为例进行说明,也支持更多波束信息的情况。It can be understood that the embodiment of the present application is described by taking two different beam information as an example, and also supports more beam information.
本申请实施例提供的终端设备移动性的处理方法,基站在采用第一波束信息向终端设备发送用于终端设备进行移动性管理的下行信号时,终端设备可以向基站发送第一指示信息,以使得基站可以采用第二波束信息重新向终端设备发送该下行信号。即,基站可以根据终端设备的需求,向终端设备针对性的发送适用于终端设备的下行信号,增加了基站向终端设备发送下行信号的方式,满足了不同终端设备的需求。The method for processing the mobility of the terminal device provided by the embodiment of the present application, when the base station sends the downlink signal for the mobility management of the terminal device to the terminal device by using the first beam information, the terminal device may send the first indication information to the base station, The base station can use the second beam information to retransmit the downlink signal to the terminal device. That is, the base station can transmit the downlink signal applicable to the terminal device to the terminal device in a targeted manner according to the requirements of the terminal device, and increase the manner in which the base station sends the downlink signal to the terminal device, which satisfies the requirements of different terminal devices.
图5为本申请实施例提供的另一种终端设备移动性的处理方法的信令流程图。本实施例涉及的是基站在采用第一波束信息向终端设备发送下行信号之前,基站向终端设备发送服务小区的能力信息和相邻小区的能力信息的具体过程。如图5所示,则在上述实施例的基础上,在上述S101之前,该方法包括:FIG. 5 is a signaling flowchart of another method for processing mobility of a terminal device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure. The embodiment relates to a specific process in which the base station sends the capability information of the serving cell and the capability information of the neighboring cell to the terminal device before the base station sends the downlink signal to the terminal device by using the first beam information. As shown in FIG. 5, on the basis of the foregoing embodiment, before the foregoing S101, the method includes:
S201、基站采用第一波束信息向终端设备发送服务小区的能力信息和相邻小区的能力信息。S201. The base station sends the capability information of the serving cell and the capability information of the neighboring cell to the terminal device by using the first beam information.
其中,当上述第一波束信息和第二波束信息包括:波束类型和/或波束扫描方式时,上述服务小区的能力信息可以包括下述至少一种信息:服务小区所支持的波束类型与时延等级的映射关系、服务小区所支持的波束扫描方式与时延等级的映射关系,或者仅包括服务小区所支持的波束扫描方式与时延等级的映射关系,具体可以根据系统配置确定。上述相邻小区的能力信息可以包括下述至少一种信息:相邻小区所支持的波束类型与时延等级的映射关系、相邻小区所支持的波束扫描方式与时延等级的映射关系,具体可以根据系统配置确定。The capability information of the serving cell may include at least one of the following types: a beam type and a delay supported by the serving cell, when the first beam information and the second beam information include a beam type and/or a beam scanning mode. The mapping relationship between the level of the mapping, the beam scanning mode supported by the serving cell, and the delay level, or only the mapping between the beam scanning mode and the delay level supported by the serving cell, may be determined according to the system configuration. The capability information of the foregoing neighboring cell may include at least one of the following: a mapping relationship between a beam type and a delay level supported by the neighboring cell, and a mapping relationship between a beam scanning mode and a delay level supported by the neighboring cell, Can be determined according to the system configuration.
当上述第一波束信息和第二波束信息包括:下行信号发送功率和/或下行信号发送周期时,上述服务小区的能力信息可以包括下述至少一种信息:服务小区所支持的下行信号发送功率与时延等级的映射关系、服务小区所支持的下行信号发送周期与时延等级的映射关系,或者仅包括服务小区所支持的下行信号发送周期与时延等级的映射关系,具体可以根 据系统配置确定。上述相邻小区的能力信息可以包括下述至少一种信息:相邻小区所支持的下行信号发送功率与时延等级的映射关系、相邻小区所支持的下行信号发送周期与时延等级的映射关系,具体可以根据系统配置确定。When the first beam information and the second beam information include: a downlink signal transmission power and/or a downlink signal transmission period, the capability information of the serving cell may include at least one of the following information: a downlink signal transmission power supported by the serving cell. The mapping relationship with the delay level, the mapping relationship between the downlink signal transmission period and the delay level supported by the serving cell, or only the mapping relationship between the downlink signal transmission period and the delay level supported by the serving cell, specifically Determined according to system configuration. The capability information of the foregoing neighboring cell may include at least one of the following: a mapping relationship between a downlink signal transmission power and a delay level supported by the neighboring cell, and a mapping of a downlink signal transmission period and a delay level supported by the neighboring cell. Relationships can be determined based on system configuration.
具体的,在本实施例中,基站在采用第一波束信息向终端设备发送下行信号之前,基站可以先采用第一波束信息向终端设备发送服务小区的能力信息和相邻小区的能力信息。可选的,基站可以采用第一波束信息,通过无线资源控制(Radio Resource Control,简称:RRC)信令将服务小区的能力信息和相邻小区的能力信息发送给终端设备。基站还可以采用第一波束信息,通过广播消息将服务小区的能力信息和相邻小区的能力信息发送给终端设备。基站还可以采用第一波束信息,通过RRC信令将上述其中一个能力信息发送给终端设备,通过广播消息将另外一个能力信息发送给终端设备等。其中,本实施例不限定上述基站如何获取相邻小区的能力信息,例如:上述基站可以通过基站间的接口与其他小区所属的基站进行交互,以获取其他小区的能力信息。Specifically, in this embodiment, before the base station sends the downlink signal to the terminal device by using the first beam information, the base station may first send the capability information of the serving cell and the capability information of the neighboring cell to the terminal device by using the first beam information. Optionally, the base station may use the first beam information to send the capability information of the serving cell and the capability information of the neighboring cell to the terminal device by using Radio Resource Control (RRC) signaling. The base station may also use the first beam information to send the capability information of the serving cell and the capability information of the neighboring cell to the terminal device by using a broadcast message. The base station may also use the first beam information to send one of the foregoing capability information to the terminal device through RRC signaling, and send another capability information to the terminal device or the like through the broadcast message. The present embodiment does not limit how the base station acquires the capability information of the neighboring cell. For example, the base station may interact with the base station to which the other cell belongs by using the interface between the base stations to obtain capability information of other cells.
S202、终端设备接收该服务小区的能力信息和相邻小区的能力信息。S202. The terminal device receives capability information of the serving cell and capability information of the neighboring cell.
具体的,终端设备在接收到基站发送的服务小区的能力信息和相邻小区的能力信息之后,可以根据自身当前业务的时延等级,以及,上述服务小区的能力信息或相邻小区的能力信息,确定终端设备需要接收采用哪种波束信息发送的下行信号,以使得基站可以采用适配于终端设备的波束信息发送该下行信号。Specifically, after receiving the capability information of the serving cell and the capability information of the neighboring cell sent by the base station, the terminal device may be based on the delay level of the current service, and the capability information of the serving cell or the capability information of the neighboring cell. And determining, by the terminal device, which downlink information is sent by using the beam information, so that the base station can send the downlink signal by using beam information that is adapted to the terminal device.
当上述基站为服务小区所属的基站时,终端设备可以在向基站发送第一指示信息之前,根据终端自身当前业务的时延等级和服务小区的能力信息确定第二波束信息,进而使得终端设备可以根据第二波束信息,向基站发送第一指示信息时,可以将第二波束信息或第二波束信息的标识(例如:索引信息、预设的表示第二波束信息的编号等)携带在第一指示信息中发送给基站,以指示基站采用第二波束信息向终端设备发送该下行信号。基站在接收到终端设备发送的第一指示信息之后,就可以采用终端设备根据当前业务的时延等级确定的第二波束信息,向终端设备再次发送该下行信号,从而使得终端设备在接收该下行信号时的时延可以满足终端设备当前业务的需求。When the base station is the base station to which the serving cell belongs, the terminal device may determine the second beam information according to the delay level of the current service of the terminal and the capability information of the serving cell, before the base station sends the first indication information, so that the terminal device can When the first indication information is sent to the base station according to the second beam information, the identifier of the second beam information or the second beam information (for example, index information, a preset number indicating the second beam information, etc.) may be carried in the first The indication information is sent to the base station to instruct the base station to send the downlink signal to the terminal device by using the second beam information. After receiving the first indication information sent by the terminal device, the base station may use the second beam information determined by the terminal device according to the delay level of the current service to send the downlink signal to the terminal device again, so that the terminal device receives the downlink. The delay of the signal can meet the needs of the current service of the terminal device.
当上述基站为相邻小区所属的基站时,即并非当前为终端设备服务的小区所属的基站时,终端设备可以在向基站发送第一指示信息之前,根据终端自身当前业务的时延等级和相邻小区的能力信息确定第二波束信息,进而使得终端设备可以根据第二波束信息,向基站发送第一指示信息时,可以将第二波束信息或第二波束信息的标识(例如:索引信息、预设的表示第二波束信息的编号等)携带在第一指示信息中发送给基站,以指示基站采用第二波束信息向终端设备发送该下行信号。基站在接收到终端设备发送的第一指示信息之后,就可以采用终端设备根据当前业务的时延等级确定的第二波束信息,向终端设备再次发送该下行信号,从而使得终端设备在接收该下行信号时的时延可以满足终端设备当前业务的需求。When the base station is the base station to which the neighboring cell belongs, that is, the base station to which the cell currently serving the terminal device belongs, the terminal device may, according to the delay level and phase of the current service of the terminal itself, before transmitting the first indication information to the base station. The capability information of the neighboring cell determines the second beam information, so that the terminal device can send the first indication information to the base station according to the second beam information, and the identifier of the second beam information or the second beam information (for example, index information, The preset number indicating the second beam information, etc., is carried in the first indication information and sent to the base station, to instruct the base station to use the second beam information to send the downlink signal to the terminal device. After receiving the first indication information sent by the terminal device, the base station may use the second beam information determined by the terminal device according to the delay level of the current service to send the downlink signal to the terminal device again, so that the terminal device receives the downlink. The delay of the signal can meet the needs of the current service of the terminal device.
可选的,在本申请实施例的另一实现方式中,若基站与终端设备已约束好第二波束信息,则基站在采用第一波束信息向终端设备发送下行信号之前,也可以不向终端设备发送服务小区的能力信息和相邻小区的能力信息。这样,基站在接收到终端设备发送的第一指示信息之后,可以直接采用预设的第二波束信息向终端设备重新发送该下行信号,从而使得终端设备在接收到该采用第二波束信息发送的下行信号时,终端设备接收该下行信号的 时延仍然可以满足终端设备当前业务的需求,在满足终端设备对时延要求的同时,还可以减少终端设备与基站之间的信令交互,提高了通信效率。Optionally, in another implementation manner of the embodiment of the present application, if the base station and the terminal device have restricted the second beam information, the base station may not send the downlink signal to the terminal device before using the first beam information. The device sends capability information of the serving cell and capability information of the neighboring cell. In this way, after receiving the first indication information sent by the terminal device, the base station can directly retransmit the downlink signal to the terminal device by using the preset second beam information, so that the terminal device receives the second beam information transmission. When the downlink signal is received, the terminal device receives the downlink signal The delay can still meet the requirements of the current service of the terminal device. While satisfying the delay requirement of the terminal device, the signaling interaction between the terminal device and the base station can be reduced, and the communication efficiency is improved.
可选的,在本申请实施例的另一实现方式中,上述终端设备还可以向基站发送终端设备的能力信息。其中,该终端设备的能力指示信息用于向基站指示终端设备所支持的波束信息,例如:波束类型、波束扫描方式、下行信号发送功率、下行信号扫描周期等。这样,基站在接收到终端设备发送的能力信息之后,基站可以根据终端设备的能力信息以及终端设备当前的无线条件,自行选择适配于终端设备的波束信息,向终端设备发送下行信号,以使得终端设备可以正确的接收到该下行信号,提高了终端设备接收该下行信号的成功率。Optionally, in another implementation manner of the embodiment of the present application, the terminal device may further send the capability information of the terminal device to the base station. The capability indication information of the terminal device is used to indicate to the base station beam information supported by the terminal device, such as a beam type, a beam scanning mode, a downlink signal sending power, a downlink signal scanning period, and the like. In this way, after receiving the capability information sent by the terminal device, the base station can select the beam information that is adapted to the terminal device according to the capability information of the terminal device and the current wireless condition of the terminal device, and send the downlink signal to the terminal device, so that The terminal device can correctly receive the downlink signal, which improves the success rate of the terminal device receiving the downlink signal.
本申请实施例提供的终端设备移动性的处理方法,基站在采用第一波束信息向终端设备发送用于终端设备进行移动性管理的下行信号之前,基站可以向终端设备发送服务小区的能力信息,以及,相邻小区的能力信息,从而使得终端设备可以根据自身当前业务的时延等级,以及,基站所对应的小区的能力信息,确定基站所要采用的第二波束信息,并将第二波束信息携带在第一指示信息中发送给基站,以使得基站可以采用该第二波束信息重新向终端设备发送该下行信号,从而使得终端设备在接收该下行信号时的时延可以满足终端设备当前业务的需求。The method for processing the mobility of the terminal device provided by the embodiment of the present application, before the base station sends the downlink signal for the mobility management of the terminal device to the terminal device by using the first beam information, the base station may send the capability information of the serving cell to the terminal device, And the capability information of the neighboring cell, so that the terminal device can determine the second beam information to be used by the base station according to the delay level of the current service and the capability information of the cell corresponding to the base station, and the second beam information is used. The information is sent to the base station in the first indication information, so that the base station can retransmit the downlink signal to the terminal device by using the second beam information, so that the delay of the terminal device when receiving the downlink signal can meet the current service of the terminal device. demand.
下面结合几个具体的示例,来对本申请实施例提供的终端设备移动性的处理方法进行说明。The method for processing the mobility of the terminal device provided by the embodiment of the present application will be described below with reference to a few specific examples.
示例一、终端设备为正在进行小区驻留的终端设备(即Idle态的终端设备)。图6为本申请实施例提供的又一种终端设备移动性的处理方法的信令流程图。在本示例中,第一波束信息包括第一波束类型,第二波束信息包括第二波束类型。即第二波束类型对应的波束的发射角度小于第一波束类型对应的波束的发射角度。也就是说,第二波束类型对应的波束比第一波束类型对应的波束窄。下行信号为BRS。本实施例涉及的是基站如何根据终端设备发送的第一指示信息,向终端设备采用第二波束信息发送下行信号的具体过程。如图6所示,该方法包括:Example 1. A terminal device is a terminal device (ie, a terminal device in an Idle state) in which a cell resides. FIG. 6 is a signaling flowchart of still another method for processing mobility of a terminal device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure. In this example, the first beam information includes a first beam type and the second beam information includes a second beam type. That is, the transmission angle of the beam corresponding to the second beam type is smaller than the transmission angle of the beam corresponding to the first beam type. That is to say, the beam corresponding to the second beam type is narrower than the beam corresponding to the first beam type. The downlink signal is BRS. The embodiment relates to a specific process of how the base station sends the downlink signal to the terminal device by using the second beam information according to the first indication information sent by the terminal device. As shown in FIG. 6, the method includes:
S301、基站采用第一波束信息向终端设备发送BRS。S301. The base station sends the BRS to the terminal device by using the first beam information.
具体的,在本示例中,基站当前采用第一波束信息向终端设备发送BRS。其中,该第一波束信息所包括的第一波束类型对应的波束较宽。由于波束越宽,波束的覆盖范围越大。因此,基站在采用第一波束类型发送BRS时,基站通过较少数量的波束就可以覆盖到整个服务小区的覆盖范围,降低了基站的信令开销。Specifically, in this example, the base station currently uses the first beam information to send the BRS to the terminal device. The first beam type included in the first beam information corresponds to a wider beam. The wider the beam, the larger the coverage of the beam. Therefore, when the base station transmits the BRS by using the first beam type, the base station can cover the coverage of the entire serving cell by using a smaller number of beams, thereby reducing the signaling overhead of the base station.
S302、终端设备接收该BRS。S302. The terminal device receives the BRS.
S303、终端设备根据采用第一波束信息发送的BRS,向基站发送第一指示信息。S303. The terminal device sends the first indication information to the base station according to the BRS that is sent by using the first beam information.
具体的,在本实施例中,上述终端设备可以在BRS的测量结果小于或等于第一预设阈值时,向基站发送第一指示信息。其中,上述第一预设阈值用于判定当前小区是否满足驻留条件,因此,上述第一预设阈值具体可以根据小区参考信号的任一测量参数的门限值确定。例如:上述第一预设阈值可以为小区参考信号接收功率(Reference Signal Receiving Power,简称:RSRP)的门限值,上述第一预设阈值还可以为小区参考信号接收质量(Reference Signal Receiving Quality,简称:RSRQ)的门限值等。Specifically, in this embodiment, the terminal device may send the first indication information to the base station when the measurement result of the BRS is less than or equal to the first preset threshold. The first preset threshold is used to determine whether the current cell meets the camping condition. Therefore, the first preset threshold may be specifically determined according to a threshold value of any measurement parameter of the cell reference signal. For example, the first preset threshold may be a threshold value of a reference signal receiving power (RSRP), and the first preset threshold may also be a reference signal receiving quality (Reference Signal Receiving Quality, Abbreviation: RSRQ) threshold value, etc.
这样,当处于Idle态的终端设备接收到基站采用第一波束信息发送的BRS之后,终端设备可以通过现有的测量方式对BRS进行测量。若BRS的测量结果大于第一预设阈值, 则说明终端设备当前所接收到的BRS信号强度比较高或者质量比较好,即当前小区满足驻留条件。此时,终端设备可以选择该小区进行驻留,即终端设备可以直接向基站发起小区驻留流程。若BRS的测量结果小于或等于第一预设阈值,则说明终端设备当前所接收到的BRS信号强度比较弱或者质量比较差,无法满足小区驻留的条件。此时,终端设备可以向基站发送第一指示信息,以指示基站采用第二波束信息向终端设备再次发送BRS,即采用比当前波束类型对应的波束更窄的波束再次发送该BRS。由于波束越窄,波束的发射功率越高。因此,通过这种方式,可以避免基站在采用较宽的波束发送BRS时,因波束较宽导致BRS的强度较弱,致使终端设备对该BRS的测量结果无法满足小区驻留的条件,导致终端设备无法驻留的情况。In this way, after the terminal device in the Idle state receives the BRS transmitted by the base station using the first beam information, the terminal device can measure the BRS by using an existing measurement manner. If the measurement result of the BRS is greater than the first preset threshold, It indicates that the BRS signal currently received by the terminal device is relatively high or the quality is good, that is, the current cell satisfies the camping condition. At this time, the terminal device may select the cell to camp, that is, the terminal device may directly initiate a cell resident procedure to the base station. If the measurement result of the BRS is less than or equal to the first preset threshold, it indicates that the BRS signal currently received by the terminal device is weak or the quality is relatively poor, and the condition of the cell camp cannot be met. At this time, the terminal device may send the first indication information to the base station to instruct the base station to use the second beam information to retransmit the BRS to the terminal device, that is, to transmit the BRS again by using a beam narrower than the beam corresponding to the current beam type. The narrower the beam, the higher the transmit power of the beam. Therefore, in this manner, when the base station transmits the BRS by using a wider beam, the strength of the BRS is weak due to the wider beam, so that the measurement result of the BRS by the terminal device cannot meet the condition of the cell camping, resulting in the terminal. The condition that the device cannot reside.
需要说明的是,本实施例不限定上述终端设备何时向基站发送该第一指示信息,例如:终端设备可以在确定BRS的测量结果小于或等于第一预设阈值后,立刻向基站发送该第一指示信息。终端设备还可以在预设时长内持续测量基站发送的BRS,若在达到预设时长时,BRS测量结果仍然小于第一预设阈值,则向基站发送该第一指示信息。终端设备还可以在需要执行随机接入流程之前,向基站发送该第一指示信息等。It should be noted that, the embodiment does not limit when the terminal device sends the first indication information to the base station, for example, the terminal device may send the base station to the base station immediately after determining that the measurement result of the BRS is less than or equal to the first preset threshold. First indication information. The terminal device may continue to measure the BRS sent by the base station for a preset duration. If the BRS measurement result is still less than the first preset threshold when the preset duration is reached, the first indication information is sent to the base station. The terminal device may further send the first indication information and the like to the base station before the random access procedure needs to be performed.
可选的,若上述终端设备当前除了可以接收到上述基站发送的BRS信号之外,还可以接收到其他小区所属的基站发送的BRS信号。但是,终端设备当前对该多个小区所属的基站发送的BRS信号的测量,确定这该多个小区都不满足驻留条件。此时,终端设备可以通过广播的方式发送该第一指示信息,以使得当前基站,以及,其他小区所属的基站都能够接收到该第一指示信息,从而使得这些基站都可以采用第二波束信息向终端设备发送其所管辖的小区的BRS。此时,该第二波束信息可以为一预设在所有基站上的波束信息。Optionally, if the terminal device can receive the BRS signal sent by the base station, the terminal device can receive the BRS signal sent by the base station to which the other cell belongs. However, the terminal device currently measures the BRS signal sent by the base station to which the multiple cells belong, and determines that the multiple cells do not satisfy the camping condition. At this time, the terminal device may send the first indication information by means of a broadcast, so that the current base station and the base station to which the other cell belongs can receive the first indication information, so that the base station can adopt the second beam information. The BRS of the cell under its jurisdiction is transmitted to the terminal device. At this time, the second beam information may be a preset beam information on all base stations.
可选的,终端设备还可以只向上述基站发送该第一指示信息。此时,若终端设备在接收基站采用第一波束信息发送的BRS之前,还接收到基站发送的服务小区的能力信息和相邻小区的能力信息,终端设备还可以根据当前业务的时延等级,以及,当前小区的能力信息,确定该第二波束信息,并将该第二波束信息或第二波束信息的索引信息携带在第一指示信息中发送给基站。若终端设备在接收基站采用第一波束信息发送的BRS之前,未接收到基站发送的服务小区的能力信息和相邻小区的能力信息,则终端设备向基站发送的第一指示信息可以用于指示基站采用的第二波束信息向终端设备发送该BRS。Optionally, the terminal device may further send the first indication information only to the foregoing base station. At this time, if the terminal device receives the capability information of the serving cell and the capability information of the neighboring cell sent by the base station before receiving the BRS sent by the base station by using the first beam information, the terminal device may further determine the delay level of the current service according to the delay level of the current service. And the capability information of the current cell, the second beam information is determined, and the index information of the second beam information or the second beam information is carried in the first indication information and sent to the base station. If the terminal device does not receive the capability information of the serving cell and the capability information of the neighboring cell sent by the base station before receiving the BRS sent by the base station by using the first beam information, the first indication information sent by the terminal device to the base station may be used for indicating The second beam information used by the base station sends the BRS to the terminal device.
S304、基站接收该第一指示信息。S304. The base station receives the first indication information.
S305、基站采用第二波束信息向终端设备发送BRS。S305. The base station sends the BRS to the terminal device by using the second beam information.
具体的,基站在接收到该第一指示信息之后,若该第一指示信息中携带有终端根据当前业务的时延等级所确定的第二波束信息或第二波束信息的索引信息,则基站可以直接采用该确定的第二波束信息或第二波束信息的索引信息对应的第二波束信息向终端设备再次发送该BRS。若该第一指示信息中未携带该第二波束信息或第二波束信息的索引信息,则基站可以采用预设的第二波速信息向终端设备再次发送该BRS。Specifically, after receiving the first indication information, if the first indication information carries the second beam information or the index information of the second beam information determined by the terminal according to the delay level of the current service, the base station may The BRS is sent to the terminal device by using the second beam information corresponding to the determined second beam information or the index information of the second beam information. If the first indicator information does not carry the index information of the second beam information or the second beam information, the base station may send the BRS to the terminal device by using the preset second wave speed information.
可选的,上述基站可以采用第二波束信息中的波束类型、以及原有的波束扫描模式,在服务小区的覆盖范围内发送该BRS。可选的,上述基站还可以在采用第二波束信息在服务小区覆盖范围内发送该BRS的同时,继续采用第一波束信息在服务小区覆盖范围内发送该BRS。其中,采用第一波束信息和第二波束信息发送BRS的时间和/或发送周期可以不同。 Optionally, the foregoing base station may use the beam type in the second beam information and the original beam scanning mode to send the BRS within the coverage of the serving cell. Optionally, the foregoing base station may further send the BRS in the coverage of the serving cell by using the first beam information while transmitting the BRS in the coverage of the serving cell by using the second beam information. The time and/or the transmission period for transmitting the BRS by using the first beam information and the second beam information may be different.
可选的,上述基站还可以采用现有的方式确定终端设备的位置信息,进而使得基站可以根据终端设备的位置信息,确定第二波束信息对应的覆盖范围(即终端设备所在的区域)。在确定第二波束信息对应的覆盖范围之后,基站可以直接在该第二波束信息对应的覆盖范围内,采用第二波束信息向终端设备发送该BRS(即下行信号),而在小区的其他覆盖范围内,仍然采用第一波束信息发送该BRS,以降低基站的信令开销。Optionally, the foregoing base station may determine the location information of the terminal device in an existing manner, so that the base station may determine, according to the location information of the terminal device, a coverage range corresponding to the second beam information (ie, an area where the terminal device is located). After determining the coverage corresponding to the second beam information, the base station may directly send the BRS (ie, the downlink signal) to the terminal device in the coverage corresponding to the second beam information, and perform other coverage in the cell. In the range, the BRS is still sent by using the first beam information to reduce the signaling overhead of the base station.
可选的,基站还可以通过对第一指示信息的测量,确定第一波束信息对应的覆盖范围,并将第一波束信息对应的覆盖范围作为第二波束信息对应的覆盖范围。在确定第二波束信息对应的覆盖范围之后,基站可以直接在该第二波束信息对应的覆盖范围内,采用第二波束信息向终端设备发送该BRS(即下行信号),而在小区的其他覆盖范围内,仍然采用第一波束信息发送该BRS。其中,上述基站如何通过对第一指示信息的测量,确定第一波束信息对应的覆盖范围,具体可以参见现有技术。Optionally, the base station may further determine, by using the measurement of the first indication information, a coverage area corresponding to the first beam information, and use a coverage area corresponding to the first beam information as a coverage area corresponding to the second beam information. After determining the coverage corresponding to the second beam information, the base station may directly send the BRS (ie, the downlink signal) to the terminal device in the coverage corresponding to the second beam information, and perform other coverage in the cell. Within the scope, the BRS is still transmitted using the first beam information. The above-mentioned base station determines the coverage of the first beam information by using the measurement of the first indication information. For details, refer to the prior art.
可选的,若上述第一指示信息包括第一波束信息对应的覆盖范围,则上述基站在接收到第一指示信息之后,可以将第一波束信息对应的覆盖范围作为第二波束信息对应的覆盖范围,进而在该第二波束信息对应的覆盖范围内,采用第二波束信息向终端设备发送该BRS,而在小区的其他覆盖范围内,仍然采用第一波束信息发送该BRS。Optionally, if the foregoing first indication information includes a coverage area corresponding to the first beam information, the base station may use the coverage area corresponding to the first beam information as the coverage corresponding to the second beam information after receiving the first indication information. The range, and further, the second beam information is used to send the BRS to the terminal device in the coverage area corresponding to the second beam information, and the BRS is still sent by using the first beam information in other coverage areas of the cell.
S306、终端设备接收该BRS。S306. The terminal device receives the BRS.
S307、终端设备在BRS的测量结果大于第一预设阈值时,与基站执行随机接入流程。S307. The terminal device performs a random access procedure with the base station when the measurement result of the BRS is greater than the first preset threshold.
具体的,终端设备在接收到基站采用第二波束信息发送的BRS之后,若终端设备通过对BRS的测量,确定该BRS的测量结果大于第一预设阈值,说明终端设备当前所接收到的BRS信号强度比较高或者质量比较好,即当前小区满足驻留条件。此时,终端设备可以选择该小区进行驻留,即终端设备可以根据该小区的系统信息,与基站执行小区驻留流程(该小区驻留流程为现有技术,对此不再赘述)。其中,该系统信息可以为基站在采用第一波束信息发送BRS的同时发送的系统信息,还可以为基站在采用第二波束信息发送BRS的同时发送的系统信息。该系统信息中可以包括用于执行小区驻留所需的信息,例如:物理随机接入信道(Physical Random Access Channel,简称:PRACH)资源配置信息、随机前导配置信息等。Specifically, after the terminal device receives the BRS sent by the base station by using the second beam information, if the terminal device determines that the measurement result of the BRS is greater than the first preset threshold by using the BRS measurement, the terminal device currently receives the BRS. The signal strength is relatively high or the quality is better, that is, the current cell satisfies the camping condition. At this time, the terminal device may select the cell to camp, that is, the terminal device may perform a cell camping process with the base station according to the system information of the cell (the cell resident process is a prior art, and details are not described herein again). The system information may be system information that is sent by the base station while transmitting the BRS by using the first beam information, and may also be system information that is sent by the base station while transmitting the BRS by using the second beam information. The system information may include information required for performing cell camping, for example, physical random access channel (Physical Random Access Channel, PRACH) resource configuration information, random preamble configuration information, and the like.
可选的,在本申请实施例的一种实现方式中,上述系统信息还可以包括:第一波束信息中的波束类型、波束扫描方式,波束的发送周期、不同波束类型的切换时间等中的一个或多个。通过这种方式,使得终端设备在需要多次接收基站发送的BRS时,终端设备基于这些信息,能够估算出基站何时向终端设备所在的区域发送BRS,从而使得终端设备可以仅在基站向该区域发送BRS才监听该BRS,提高了终端设备获取BRS的效率,且降低了终端设备的耗电量。在本申请实施例的另一实现方式中,基站还可以通过使用不同的BRS来表示波束类型,例如:通过不同的BRS序列、时频域资源、波束标识等中的一个或多个方式表示当前波束的波束类型。Optionally, in an implementation manner of the embodiment of the present application, the foregoing system information may further include: a beam type in the first beam information, a beam scanning mode, a beam sending period, a switching time of different beam types, and the like. one or more. In this way, when the terminal device needs to receive the BRS sent by the base station multiple times, the terminal device can estimate, according to the information, when the base station sends the BRS to the area where the terminal device is located, so that the terminal device can only The area sends the BRS to monitor the BRS, which improves the efficiency of the terminal device to obtain the BRS and reduces the power consumption of the terminal device. In another implementation manner of the embodiment of the present application, the base station may further indicate the beam type by using different BRSs, for example, by using one or more of different BRS sequences, time-frequency domain resources, beam identifiers, and the like. The beam type of the beam.
可选的,上述终端设备在与基站执行随机接入流程的同时,还可以向基站发送第二指示信息,第二指示信息可以包含第一波束信息或第一波束信息的标识(例如:索引信息、预设的表示第一波束信息的编号等),以指示基站停止采用第二波束信息发送该BRS(即下行信号)。这样,基站在接收到该第二指示信息之后,基站可以停止采用第二波束信息发送该BRS,而继续采用第一波束信息在小区覆盖范围内发送该BRS。由于第一波束信息 所包括的第一波束类型对应的波束较宽、且波束越宽,波束的覆盖范围越大,因此,基站在采用第一波束类型发送BRS时,基站通过较少数量的波束就可以覆盖到整个服务小区的覆盖范围,降低了基站的信令开销。这样,终端设备在该小区驻留后,可以继续实时或周期性的接收基站采用第一波束信息发送的BRS(即下行信号)。当终端设备在对该小区的BRS的测量结果小于第二预设阈值时,可以向当前小区所在的基站和/或相邻小区所在的基站再次发送第一指示信息,即重新执行上述S303-S307,以使得终端设备可以根据新的测量结果重新选择合适的小区进行驻留。Optionally, the terminal device may send the second indication information to the base station, and the second indication information may include the identifier of the first beam information or the first beam information (for example, index information) The preset number indicating the first beam information is used to indicate that the base station stops transmitting the BRS (ie, the downlink signal) by using the second beam information. In this way, after receiving the second indication information, the base station may stop using the second beam information to send the BRS, and continue to use the first beam information to send the BRS in the coverage of the cell. Due to the first beam information The beam size corresponding to the first beam type is wider, and the beam is wider, and the coverage of the beam is larger. Therefore, when the base station transmits the BRS by using the first beam type, the base station can cover the whole by using a small number of beams. The coverage of the serving cell reduces the signaling overhead of the base station. In this way, after the cell is camped on, the terminal device can continue to receive the BRS (ie, the downlink signal) sent by the base station by using the first beam information in real time or periodically. When the measurement result of the BRS of the cell is smaller than the second preset threshold, the first indication information may be sent to the base station where the current cell is located and/or the base station where the neighboring cell is located, that is, the foregoing S303-S307 is re-executed. So that the terminal device can re-select the appropriate cell to camp based on the new measurement result.
上述示例虽然以上述第一波束信息和第二波束信息包括波束类型不同为例的终端设备移动性的处理方法。但是本领域技术人员可以理解的是,在上述第一波束信息和第二波束信息包括波束类型和波束扫描方式,或者,只包括波束扫描方式时,上述终端设备还可以在基站采用第一波束信息发送BRS时,终端设备在确定所接收到的BRS无法满足当前业务的时延等级时,终端设备还可以根据当前业务的时延等级,以及,当前小区的能力信息,触发基站采用满足终端设备当前业务的时延等级的第二波束信息向终端设备发送BRS,从而使得终端设备在接收该下行信号时的时延可以满足终端设备当前业务的需求。The above example is a processing method of terminal device mobility as an example in which the first beam information and the second beam information include different beam types. However, it can be understood by those skilled in the art that when the first beam information and the second beam information include the beam type and the beam scanning mode, or only the beam scanning mode is included, the terminal device may also use the first beam information at the base station. When the BRS is sent, when the terminal device determines that the received BRS cannot meet the delay level of the current service, the terminal device may also trigger the base station to meet the current terminal device according to the current service delay level and the current cell capability information. The second beam information of the delay class of the service sends the BRS to the terminal device, so that the delay of the terminal device when receiving the downlink signal can meet the requirement of the current service of the terminal device.
可以理解,上述第一指示信息和第二指示信息也可以为同一条消息,该消息用于指示终端设备进行波束信息的切换,例如,基站在采用第一波束信息时接收到该指示信息,则切换为采用第二波束信息发送下行信号。基站在采用第二波束信息时接收到该指示信息,则切换为采用第一波束信息发送该下行信号。上述第一指示信息和第二指示信息也可以是直接指示基站所使用的波束信息,例如第一指示信息包含第一波束信息,第二指示信息包含第二波束信息,从而基站根据第一指示信息或第二指示信息所指示的波束信息发送下行信号。对于不同的终端设备,基站可以使用相同的波束信息或不同的波束信息发送下行信号。例如针对终端设备1和终端设备2均使用第一波束信息发送下行信号,或者针对终端设备1使用第一波束信息发送下行信号,针对终端设备2使用第二波束信息发送下行信号。It can be understood that the foregoing first indication information and the second indication information may also be the same message, where the message is used to indicate that the terminal device performs the switching of the beam information. For example, when the base station receives the indication information when using the first beam information, Switching to transmitting the downlink signal using the second beam information. When receiving the indication information when the second beam information is used, the base station switches to transmit the downlink signal by using the first beam information. The first indication information and the second indication information may also directly indicate the beam information used by the base station, for example, the first indication information includes first beam information, and the second indication information includes second beam information, so that the base station according to the first indication information Or the downlink information indicated by the second indication information is sent by the downlink information. For different terminal devices, the base station can transmit downlink signals using the same beam information or different beam information. For example, the terminal device 1 and the terminal device 2 both transmit the downlink signal using the first beam information, or transmit the downlink signal for the terminal device 1 using the first beam information, and transmit the downlink signal for the terminal device 2 using the second beam information.
需要说明的是,上述示例虽然示出的是以基站根据终端设备发送的第一指示信息,触发基站采用第二波束信息向终端设备重新发送BRS的情况。本领域技术人员可以理解的是,上述基站还可以自己基于对终端设备发送的上行波束参考信号的测量结果,自己直接决策是否采用第二波束信息向终端设备发送BRS。基站在确定需要采用第二波束信息向终端设备发送BRS时,可以直接采用采用第二波束信息向终端设备发送BRS,还可以向终端设备发送指示信息,以指示终端设备向基站发送第一指示信息,以指示基站采用第二波束信息向终端设备发送BRS等,其实现原理与技术效果与上述实施例类似,对此不再赘述。It should be noted that the foregoing example shows a case where the base station triggers the base station to retransmit the BRS to the terminal device by using the second beam information according to the first indication information sent by the terminal device. It can be understood by those skilled in the art that the base station can directly decide whether to use the second beam information to send the BRS to the terminal device based on the measurement result of the uplink beam reference signal sent by the terminal device. When the base station determines that the second beam information needs to be used to send the BRS to the terminal device, the base station may directly send the BRS to the terminal device by using the second beam information, and may also send the indication information to the terminal device to instruct the terminal device to send the first indication information to the base station. In order to instruct the base station to use the second beam information to send the BRS to the terminal device, the implementation principle and the technical effect are similar to those in the foregoing embodiment, and details are not described herein again.
本申请实施例提供的终端设备移动性的处理方法,对于正在进行小区驻留的终端设备,基站在采用第一波束信息向终端设备发送用于终端设备进行移动性管理的下行信号时,终端设备可以在对该下行信号的测量结果不满足小区驻留条件时,向基站发送第一指示信息,以使得基站可以采用比第一波束信息对应的波束窄的第二波束信息重新向终端设备发送该下行信号,从而使得终端设备可以根据对该下行信号的测量结果,与基站进行小区驻留流程。通过这种方式,使得终端设备可以基于其所在的无线条件触发基站采用不同的波束信息发送下行信号,而不用基站一直采用较窄的波束在服务小区覆盖范围内发送下行信号,降低了基站的信令开销和成本,又能使具有不同无线条件的终端设备顺利完成小区驻留,提高了终端设备小区驻留的成功率。 The terminal device mobility processing method provided by the embodiment of the present application, when the base station uses the first beam information to send the downlink signal for the terminal device to perform mobility management to the terminal device, the terminal device The first indication information may be sent to the base station when the measurement result of the downlink signal does not meet the cell camping condition, so that the base station may retransmit the second beam information that is narrower than the first beam information to the terminal device. The downlink signal is such that the terminal device can perform a cell camping process with the base station according to the measurement result of the downlink signal. In this way, the terminal device can trigger the base station to use different beam information to transmit the downlink signal based on the radio condition in which the terminal device is located, instead of the base station always transmitting the downlink signal in the coverage of the serving cell by using the narrower beam, thereby reducing the base station signal. The cost and the cost enable the terminal equipment with different wireless conditions to successfully complete the cell camping, thereby improving the success rate of the terminal equipment cell camping.
示例二、终端设备为正在进行小区切换的终端设备。图7为本申请实施例提供的又一种终端设备移动性的处理方法的信令流程图。在本示例中,第一波束信息包括第一波束类型和单波束扫描方式,第二波束信息包括第二波束类型和多波束扫描方式。下行信号为BRS。本实施例涉及的是基站如何根据终端设备发送的第一指示信息,向终端设备采用第二波束信息发送下行信号的具体过程。如图7所示,该方法包括:Example 2: A terminal device is a terminal device that is performing cell handover. FIG. 7 is a signaling flowchart of still another method for processing mobility of a terminal device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure. In this example, the first beam information includes a first beam type and a single beam scanning mode, and the second beam information includes a second beam type and a multi-beam scanning mode. The downlink signal is BRS. The embodiment relates to a specific process of how the base station sends the downlink signal to the terminal device by using the second beam information according to the first indication information sent by the terminal device. As shown in FIG. 7, the method includes:
S401、基站采用第一波束信息向终端设备发送BRS。S401. The base station sends the BRS to the terminal device by using the first beam information.
具体的,在本示例中,基站当前采用第一波束信息向终端设备发送BRS。其中,该第一波束信息所包括的第一波束类型对应的波束较宽、且第一波束信息所包括的波束扫描方式为单波束扫描方式。由于波束越宽,波束的覆盖范围越大。因此,基站在采用第一波束类型发送BRS时,基站通过较少数量的波束就可以覆盖到整个服务小区的覆盖范围,降低了基站的信令开销。同时,由于第一波束信息所所对应的波束扫描方式为单波束扫描方式,即基站在扫描子帧的一个符号上仅发送一个波束,使得基站的功耗较低。Specifically, in this example, the base station currently uses the first beam information to send the BRS to the terminal device. The beam corresponding to the first beam type included in the first beam information is wider, and the beam scanning mode included in the first beam information is a single beam scanning mode. The wider the beam, the larger the coverage of the beam. Therefore, when the base station transmits the BRS by using the first beam type, the base station can cover the coverage of the entire serving cell by using a smaller number of beams, thereby reducing the signaling overhead of the base station. At the same time, the beam scanning mode corresponding to the first beam information is a single beam scanning mode, that is, the base station transmits only one beam on one symbol of the scanning subframe, so that the power consumption of the base station is low.
S402、终端设备接收该BRS。S402. The terminal device receives the BRS.
S403、终端设备根据采用第一波束信息发送的BRS,向基站发送第一指示信息。S403. The terminal device sends the first indication information to the base station according to the BRS sent by using the first beam information.
可选的,终端设备在接收到基站采用第一波束信息发送的BRS之后,终端设备可以在BRS的测量结果小于或等于第一预设阈值时,向基站发送第一指示信息。其中,上述第一预设阈值用于判定终端设备是否需要进行小区切换。因此,上述第一预设阈值具体可以根据小区参考信号的任一测量参数的门限值确定。例如:上述第一预设阈值可以为小区RSRP的门限值,上述第一预设阈值还可以为小区RSRQ的门限值等。需要说明的是,这里所说的第一预设阈值的大小与上述示例一中的第一预设阈值的大小可以相同,也可以不同,具体可以根据小区切换条件和小区驻留条件确定。Optionally, after the terminal device receives the BRS that is sent by the base station by using the first beam information, the terminal device may send the first indication information to the base station when the measurement result of the BRS is less than or equal to the first preset threshold. The first preset threshold is used to determine whether the terminal device needs to perform cell handover. Therefore, the foregoing first preset threshold may be specifically determined according to a threshold value of any measurement parameter of the cell reference signal. For example, the first preset threshold may be a threshold of a cell RSRP, and the first preset threshold may also be a threshold of a cell RSRQ. It should be noted that the size of the first preset threshold may be the same as the size of the first preset threshold in the first example, or may be different, and may be determined according to the cell handover condition and the cell camping condition.
这样,当终端设备接收到基站采用第一波束信息发送的BRS之后,终端设备可以通过现有的测量方式对BRS进行测量。若BRS的测量结果大于第一预设阈值,则说明终端设备当前所接收到的BRS信号强度比较高或者质量比较好,即终端设备仍然可以维持在当前小区,不用进行切换。也就是说,终端设备当前不满足切换条件,则终端设备可以继续监听基站采用第一波束信息发送的BRS。若BRS的测量结果小于或等于第一预设阈值,则说明终端设备当前所接收到的BRS信号强度比较弱或者质量比较差,说明终端设备可能已经移动至当前小区的边缘,即终端设备接近进行小区切换的条件。此时,终端设备可以根据当前业务的时延等级,以及,当前服务小区所属的基站的能力信息,确定需要接收基站采用第二波束信息发送的BRS。在本示例中,该第二波束信息包括:第二波束类型和多波束并行扫描方式。这样,终端设备可以向基站发送携带有第二波束信息的第一指示信息,以指示基站采用第二波束信息向终端设备再次发送BRS;终端还可以携带波束索引信息,以指示基站采用第二波束信息在指定的一个或多个波束向终端设备发送BRS。即,采用比当前波束类型对应的波束更窄的波束、以及更快的波束扫描方式(即多波束并行扫描方式)再次发送该BRS。由于波束越窄,波束的发射功率越高,同时采用多波束并行扫描方式发送BRS,可以使终端设备更快的接收到该BRS。因此,通过这种方式,使得基站可以在终端设备满足切换条件前,采用第一波束信息向终端设备发送BRS,以降低基站波束扫描开销。在终端设备接近小区切换条件时,触发基站按照第二波束信息发送BRS,从而有利于终端设备更快的获取BRS的测量结果,以加速切换判决的过程。 In this way, after the terminal device receives the BRS sent by the base station by using the first beam information, the terminal device can measure the BRS by using an existing measurement manner. If the measurement result of the BRS is greater than the first preset threshold, the strength of the BRS signal currently received by the terminal device is relatively high or the quality is good, that is, the terminal device can still maintain the current cell without switching. That is to say, the terminal device does not currently satisfy the handover condition, and the terminal device can continue to monitor the BRS sent by the base station by using the first beam information. If the measurement result of the BRS is less than or equal to the first preset threshold, the strength of the BRS signal currently received by the terminal device is weak or the quality is relatively poor, indicating that the terminal device may have moved to the edge of the current cell, that is, the terminal device is close to proceeding. The condition of cell handover. At this time, the terminal device may determine, according to the delay level of the current service, and the capability information of the base station to which the current serving cell belongs, the BRS that needs to be received by the base station to use the second beam information. In this example, the second beam information includes: a second beam type and a multi-beam parallel scanning mode. In this way, the terminal device may send the first indication information that carries the second beam information to the base station, to indicate that the base station uses the second beam information to retransmit the BRS to the terminal device, and the terminal may further carry the beam index information to indicate that the base station uses the second beam. The information transmits the BRS to the terminal device in the specified one or more beams. That is, the BRS is transmitted again using a beam that is narrower than the beam corresponding to the current beam type, and a faster beam scanning mode (ie, a multi-beam parallel scanning mode). The narrower the beam, the higher the transmit power of the beam, and the multi-beam parallel scanning method to transmit the BRS, so that the terminal device can receive the BRS more quickly. Therefore, in this manner, the base station can use the first beam information to send the BRS to the terminal device before the terminal device satisfies the handover condition, so as to reduce the base station beam scanning overhead. When the terminal device approaches the cell handover condition, the triggering base station sends the BRS according to the second beam information, thereby facilitating the terminal device to obtain the BRS measurement result faster, so as to accelerate the process of the handover decision.
S404、基站接收该第一指示信息。S404. The base station receives the first indication information.
S405、基站将该第一指示信息发送给目标小区所属的基站。S405. The base station sends the first indication information to a base station to which the target cell belongs.
具体的,基站在接收到该第一指示信息之后,确定需要采用第二波束信息向终端设备发送BRS时,基站还可以将该第一指示信息发送给一个或多个目标小区所在的基站,从而使得该一个或多个目标小区所在的基站可以采用该第二波束信息向终端设备发送该一个或多个目标小区的BRS。基站还可以携带波束索引信息,以指示目标小区所在的基站采用第二波束信息在指定的一个或多个波束向终端设备发送BRS。这样,终端设备不仅可以快速的获取到当前服务小区的BRS,还可以快速的获取到目标小区的BRS,从而使得终端设备可以快速的获取到当前服务小区的BRS和目标小区的BRS的测量结果,加快了终端设备进行小区切换的速度。Specifically, after receiving the first indication information, the base station determines that the second beam information needs to be used to send the BRS to the terminal device, and the base station may further send the first indication information to the base station where the one or more target cells are located, thereby The base station where the one or more target cells are located may use the second beam information to send the BRS of the one or more target cells to the terminal device. The base station may also carry beam index information to indicate that the base station where the target cell is located uses the second beam information to send the BRS to the terminal device in the specified one or more beams. In this way, the terminal device not only can quickly obtain the BRS of the current serving cell, but also can quickly obtain the BRS of the target cell, so that the terminal device can quickly obtain the BRS of the current serving cell and the BRS of the target cell. Speed up the cell switching of the terminal device.
S406、基站采用第二波束信息向终端设备发送BRS。S406. The base station sends the BRS to the terminal device by using the second beam information.
其中,基站如何采用第二波束信息向终端设备发送BRS,具体参见上述S305的描述,对此不再赘述。The base station sends the BRS to the terminal device by using the second beam information. For details, refer to the description of S305 above, and details are not described herein again.
S407、终端设备接收基站发送的BRS。S407. The terminal device receives the BRS sent by the base station.
S408、目标小区所属的基站采用第二波束信息向终端设备发送BRS。S408. The base station to which the target cell belongs sends the BRS to the terminal device by using the second beam information.
其中,目标小区所属的基站如何采用第二波束信息向终端设备发送BRS,具体参见上述S305的描述,对此不再赘述。The base station to which the target cell belongs sends the BRS to the terminal device by using the second beam information. For details, refer to the description of S305 above, and details are not described herein.
S409、终端设备接收目标小区所属的基站发送的BRS。S409. The terminal device receives the BRS sent by the base station to which the target cell belongs.
其中,不限定上述S408-S409与S406-S407的执行顺序。However, the execution order of the above S408-S409 and S406-S407 is not limited.
S410、终端设备向基站上报BRS的测量结果。S410. The terminal device reports the measurement result of the BRS to the base station.
具体的,终端设备在接收到当前服务小区所属的基站采用第二波束信息发送的BRS、以及目标小区所属的基站采用第二波束信息发送的BRS之后,终端设备可以基于对这些BRS的测量,向当前服务小区所属的基站上报BRS的测量结果。其中,该测量结果包括当前服务小区的BRS的测量结果,以及,目标小区的BRS的测量结果。这样,当前服务小区所属的基站可以基于终端设备发送的测量结果,判断终端设备是否需要切换。Specifically, after receiving the BRS sent by the base station to which the current serving cell belongs by using the second beam information, and the BRS sent by the base station to which the target cell belongs, using the second beam information, the terminal device may perform measurement based on the BRS. The measurement result of the BRS is reported by the base station to which the current serving cell belongs. The measurement result includes a measurement result of the BRS of the current serving cell, and a measurement result of the BRS of the target cell. In this way, the base station to which the current serving cell belongs can determine whether the terminal device needs to be switched based on the measurement result sent by the terminal device.
S411、基站向目标小区所属的基站发送切换请求消息。S411. The base station sends a handover request message to the base station to which the target cell belongs.
具体的,当前服务小区所属的基站可以基于终端设备发送的测量结果,确定终端设备需要切换时,基站可以向目标小区所属的基站发送切换请求消息,以指示目标小区所属的基站反馈为终端设备准备的无线资源配置信息。Specifically, the base station to which the current serving cell belongs may determine, according to the measurement result sent by the terminal device, that the terminal device needs to perform handover, the base station may send a handover request message to the base station to which the target cell belongs, to indicate that the base station to which the target cell belongs is prepared for the terminal device. Wireless resource configuration information.
可选的,在本申请实施例的另一实现方式中,当前服务小区所属的基站还可以在向目标小区所属的基站发送切换请求消息时,携带终端设备的切换时延需求信息,以使得目标小区所属的基站可以根据该切换时延需求信息,确定终端设备在接入目标小区时,基站向终端设备发送信息时所采用的波束信息。其中,上述切换时延需求信息具体可以根据终端设备所发送的第一指示信息中携带的第二波束信息确定。Optionally, in another implementation manner of the embodiment of the present application, the base station to which the current serving cell belongs may also carry the handover delay requirement information of the terminal device when the handover request message is sent to the base station to which the target cell belongs, so as to achieve the target. The base station to which the cell belongs may determine the beam information used by the base station to send information to the terminal device when the terminal device accesses the target cell according to the handover delay requirement information. The foregoing handover delay requirement information may be specifically determined according to the second beam information carried in the first indication information sent by the terminal device.
S412、目标小区所属的基站向基站发送切换响应消息。S412. The base station to which the target cell belongs sends a handover response message to the base station.
具体的,目标小区所属的基站在接收到当前服务小区所属的基站发送的切换请求消息之后,可以向当前服务小区所属的基站发送切换响应消息。其中,该切换响应消息可以携带有目标小区所属的基站为终端设备准备的无线资源配置信息。Specifically, after receiving the handover request message sent by the base station to which the current serving cell belongs, the base station to which the target cell belongs may send a handover response message to the base station to which the current serving cell belongs. The handover response message may carry radio resource configuration information prepared by the base station to which the target cell belongs for the terminal device.
可选的,若上述切换请求消息携带有终端设备的切换时延需求信息,则该切换响应消 息还可以包括:目标小区的下行测量波束配置信息(例如:波束类型、波束方向、同时发送的波束个数、波束扫描方式、测量子帧、测量子帧(或测量符号)与波束标识的映射关系等)。这些信息可以用于终端设备对目标小区进行测量,和/或,终端设备在接入目标小区的过程中的波束训练。例如:在随机接入过程中,终端设备向基站发送随机接入前导消息,以及,基站向终端设备发送随机接入响应消息时使用哪种波束类型和哪种波束扫描方式。Optionally, if the handover request message carries the handover delay requirement information of the terminal device, the handover response is cancelled. The information may also include: downlink measurement beam configuration information of the target cell (eg, beam type, beam direction, number of simultaneously transmitted beams, beam scanning mode, measurement subframe, measurement subframe (or measurement symbol) and beam identification mapping) Relationship, etc.). The information may be used by the terminal device to measure the target cell, and/or the beam training of the terminal device in the process of accessing the target cell. For example, in the random access procedure, the terminal device sends a random access preamble message to the base station, and which beam type and which beam scanning mode is used when the base station sends the random access response message to the terminal device.
S413、基站向终端设备发送切换命令。S413. The base station sends a handover command to the terminal device.
具体的,基站在接收到目标小区所属的基站发送的切换响应消息之后,可以向终端设备发送切换命令,以指示终端设备根据切换响应消息中的信息,向目标小区所在的基站发起随机接入流程。通过这种方式,使得目标小区所属的基站可以根据每个终端设备的切换时延,采用不同的波束信息与每个终端设备执行随机接入过程,从而使得基站可以满足每个终端设备对时延的要求。可选的,若目标小区中有多个终端设备位于相同的波束覆盖范围时,基站可以基于时延需求最高的终端设备确定所需要采用的波束信息。Specifically, after receiving the handover response message sent by the base station to which the target cell belongs, the base station may send a handover command to the terminal device to instruct the terminal device to initiate a random access procedure to the base station where the target cell is located according to the information in the handover response message. . In this way, the base station to which the target cell belongs can use different beam information to perform a random access procedure with each terminal device according to the handover delay of each terminal device, so that the base station can satisfy the delay of each terminal device. Requirements. Optionally, if multiple terminal devices in the target cell are in the same beam coverage range, the base station may determine the required beam information based on the terminal device with the highest latency requirement.
可选的,在本申请实施例的另一实现方式中,在上述S405还可以由如下步骤替换:终端设备向目标小区所属的基站发送该第一指示信息。Optionally, in another implementation manner of the embodiment of the present application, the foregoing step S405 may be further replaced by: the terminal device sending the first indication information to the base station to which the target cell belongs.
具体的,终端设备还可以自行向一个或多个目标小区所属的基站发送该第一指示信息,以指示当前服务小区所属的基站和该一个或多个目标小区所属的基站采用第二波束信息发送该BRS等。则在该实现方式下,终端设备在接收到当前服务小区所属的基站采用第二波束信息发送的BRS、以及上述一个或多个目标小区所属的基站采用第二波束信息发送的BRS之后,终端设备可以基于当前服务小区的BRS的测量结果,以及,该一个或多个目标小区的BRS的测量结果,自己判断是否需要切换。当终端设备确定需要切换时,终端设备可以在上述一个或多个目标小区中选择一个无线条件最好的目标小区,并向该目标小区发起随机接入过程,以通过随机接入过程向目标小区发送无线链路重建立请求消息,完成目标小区的接入。Specifically, the terminal device may also send the first indication information to the base station to which the one or more target cells belong to indicate that the base station to which the current serving cell belongs and the base station to which the one or more target cells belong are sent by using the second beam information. The BRS and so on. In this implementation manner, after the terminal device receives the BRS that is sent by the base station to which the current serving cell belongs, and the BRS that is sent by the base station to which the one or more target cells belong to the second beam information, the terminal device The self-determination of whether the handover is needed may be determined based on the measurement result of the BRS of the current serving cell and the measurement result of the BRS of the one or more target cells. When the terminal device determines that the handover is required, the terminal device may select a target cell with the best radio condition among the one or more target cells, and initiate a random access procedure to the target cell to use the random access procedure to the target cell. A radio link re-establishment request message is sent to complete access of the target cell.
需要说明的是,上述示例虽然示出的是以基站根据终端设备发送的第一指示信息,触发基站采用第二波束信息向终端设备重新发送BRS的情况。本领域技术人员可以理解的是,上述基站还可以自己基于对终端设备发送的上行波束参考信号的测量结果,自己直接决策是否采用第二波束信息向终端设备发送BRS。基站在确定需要采用第二波束信息向终端设备发送BRS时,可以直接采用采用第二波束信息向终端设备发送BRS,还可以向终端设备发送指示信息,以指示终端设备向基站发送第一指示信息,以指示基站采用第二波束信息向终端设备发送BRS等,其实现原理与技术效果与上述实施例类似,对此不再赘述。It should be noted that the foregoing example shows a case where the base station triggers the base station to retransmit the BRS to the terminal device by using the second beam information according to the first indication information sent by the terminal device. It can be understood by those skilled in the art that the base station can directly decide whether to use the second beam information to send the BRS to the terminal device based on the measurement result of the uplink beam reference signal sent by the terminal device. When the base station determines that the second beam information needs to be used to send the BRS to the terminal device, the base station may directly send the BRS to the terminal device by using the second beam information, and may also send the indication information to the terminal device to instruct the terminal device to send the first indication information to the base station. In order to instruct the base station to use the second beam information to send the BRS to the terminal device, the implementation principle and the technical effect are similar to those in the foregoing embodiment, and details are not described herein again.
本申请实施例提供的终端设备移动性的处理方法,对于正在进行小区切换的终端设备,基站在采用第一波束信息向终端设备发送用于终端设备进行移动性管理的下行信号时,终端设备可以在对该下行信号的测量结果确定终端设备接近小区切换的条件,向基站发送第一指示信息,以使得基站可以采用比第一波束信息对应的波束窄、且扫描方式快的第二波束信息、重新向终端设备发送该下行信号,从而可以根据终端设备对该下行信号的测量结果,决策是否要进行小区切换。通过这种方式,使得基站可以在终端设备满足切换条件前,采用第一波束信息向终端设备发送下行信号,以降低基站波束扫描开销。在终端设备接近小区切换条件时,触发基站按照第二波束信息发送下行信号,从而有利于终端设备更快的 获取下行信号的测量结果,以加速切换判决的过程,以满足终端设备对时延的要求。The terminal device mobility processing method provided by the embodiment of the present application, when the base station uses the first beam information to send the downlink signal for the terminal device to perform mobility management to the terminal device, the terminal device may And determining, by the measurement result of the downlink signal, a condition that the terminal device is close to the cell handover, and sending the first indication information to the base station, so that the base station can use the second beam information that is narrower than the first beam information and has a fast scanning mode, The downlink signal is retransmitted to the terminal device, so that whether the cell handover can be performed according to the measurement result of the downlink signal by the terminal device. In this way, the base station can use the first beam information to send a downlink signal to the terminal device to reduce the base station beam scanning overhead before the terminal device meets the handover condition. When the terminal device approaches the cell handover condition, the triggering base station sends the downlink signal according to the second beam information, thereby facilitating the terminal device to be faster. The measurement result of the downlink signal is obtained to accelerate the process of the handover decision to meet the delay requirement of the terminal device.
本领域普通技术人员可以理解:实现上述各方法实施例的全部或部分步骤可以通过程序指令相关的硬件来完成。前述的程序可以存储于一计算机可读取存储介质中。该程序在执行时,执行包括上述各方法实施例的步骤;而前述的存储介质包括:ROM、RAM、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。One of ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that all or part of the steps to implement the various method embodiments described above may be accomplished by hardware associated with the program instructions. The aforementioned program can be stored in a computer readable storage medium. The program, when executed, performs the steps including the foregoing method embodiments; and the foregoing storage medium includes various media that can store program codes, such as a ROM, a RAM, a magnetic disk, or an optical disk.
图8为本申请实施例提供的一种终端设备的结构示意图。如图8所示,该终端设备可以包括:接收模块11和发送模块13;可选的,终端设备还可以包括:处理模块12;其中,FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure. As shown in FIG. 8, the terminal device may include: a receiving module 11 and a sending module 13; optionally, the terminal device may further include: a processing module 12;
接收模块11,用于接收基站采用第一波束信息发送的下行信号;可选的,上述下行信号包括下述至少一种:同步信道、波束参考信号BRS;The receiving module 11 is configured to receive a downlink signal that is sent by the base station by using the first beam information. Optionally, the downlink signal includes at least one of the following: a synchronization channel and a beam reference signal BRS;
发送模块13用于向基站发送第一指示信息;第一指示信息用于指示基站采用第二波束信息向终端设备发送下行信号;The sending module 13 is configured to send the first indication information to the base station, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the base station sends the downlink signal to the terminal device by using the second beam information.
接收模块11,还用于接收基站采用第二波束信息发送的下行信号。The receiving module 11 is further configured to receive a downlink signal that is sent by the base station by using the second beam information.
具体实现时,上述接收模块11、处理模块12、发送模块13可以通过软件实现,也可以通过硬件实现,也可以通过软件和硬件结合的方式实现。以上述接收模块11、处理模块12、发送模块13通过硬件实现为例,则上述发送模块13可以为发送器,上述处理模块12可以为处理组件(例如:处理器),上述接收模块11可以为接收器等。In a specific implementation, the receiving module 11, the processing module 12, and the sending module 13 may be implemented by software, may be implemented by hardware, or may be implemented by a combination of software and hardware. The above-mentioned receiving module 11 , the processing module 12 , and the sending module 13 are implemented by hardware. The sending module 13 may be a transmitter, and the processing module 12 may be a processing component (for example, a processor). The receiving module 11 may be Receiver, etc.
上述终端设备可用于执行上述方法实施例中终端设备侧的步骤,具体实现方式和技术效果类似,这里不再赘述。The foregoing terminal device may be used to perform the steps on the terminal device side in the foregoing method embodiment, and the specific implementation manners and technical effects are similar, and details are not described herein again.
可选的,上述第一波束信息和第二波束信息所包括的波束类型和波束扫描方式中至少一种信息不同;所述第一波束信息所包含的波束类型为第一波束类型或第二波束类型;所述第二波束信息包含的波束类型为第一波束类型或第二波束类型,其中,所述第二波束类型对应的波束的发射角度小于所述第一波束类型对应的波束的发射角度;所述第一波束信息所包含的波束扫描方式为单波束扫描方式或多波束并行扫描方式;所述第二波束信息所包含的波束扫描方式为单波束扫描方式或多波束并行扫描方式。Optionally, at least one of the beam type and the beam scanning mode included in the first beam information and the second beam information is different; the beam type included in the first beam information is a first beam type or a second beam. The type of the beam included in the second beam information is a first beam type or a second beam type, where a transmission angle of a beam corresponding to the second beam type is smaller than a transmission angle of a beam corresponding to the first beam type The beam scanning mode included in the first beam information is a single beam scanning mode or a multiple beam parallel scanning mode; and the beam scanning mode included in the second beam information is a single beam scanning mode or a multiple beam parallel scanning mode.
可选的,接收模块11,还可以用于在接收基站采用第一波束信息发送的下行信号之前,接收基站采用第一波束信息发送的服务小区的能力信息和相邻小区的能力信息;服务小区的能力信息包括下述至少一种信息:服务小区所支持的波束类型与时延等级的映射关系、服务小区所支持的波束扫描方式与时延等级的映射关系,相邻小区的能力信息包括下述至少一种信息:相邻小区所支持的波束类型与时延等级的映射关系、相邻小区所支持的波束扫描方式与时延等级的映射关系。Optionally, the receiving module 11 is further configured to: before receiving the downlink signal sent by the base station by using the first beam information, receive capability information of the serving cell that is sent by the base station by using the first beam information, and capability information of the neighboring cell; The capability information includes at least one of the following: a mapping relationship between a beam type and a delay level supported by the serving cell, and a mapping relationship between a beam scanning mode and a delay level supported by the serving cell, and the capability information of the neighboring cell includes the following information. The at least one type of information is: a mapping relationship between a beam type and a delay level supported by a neighboring cell, and a mapping relationship between a beam scanning mode and a delay level supported by the neighboring cell.
则在该实现方式下,当基站为服务小区所属的基站时,上述处理模块12,具体可以用于根据当前业务的时延等级和服务小区的能力信息,确定第二波束信息,并根据第二波束信息。发送模块13用于向基站发送第一指示信息;第一指示信息包括:第二波束信息或第二波束信息的标识。当基站为服务小区所属的基站时,上述处理模块12,具体可以用于根据当前业务的时延等级和相邻小区的能力信息,确定第二波束信息;所述发送模块13并根据第二波束信息,向基站发送第一指示信息;第一指示信息包括:第二波束信息或第二波束信息的标识。In this implementation, when the base station is the base station to which the serving cell belongs, the processing module 12 may be configured to determine the second beam information according to the delay level of the current service and the capability information of the serving cell, and according to the second Beam information. The sending module 13 is configured to send first indication information to the base station, where the first indication information includes: identifier of the second beam information or the second beam information. When the base station is the base station to which the serving cell belongs, the processing module 12 may be configured to determine the second beam information according to the delay level of the current service and the capability information of the neighboring cell; the sending module 13 is further configured according to the second beam. The information is sent to the base station, where the first indication information includes: the identifier of the second beam information or the second beam information.
可选的,发送模块13,具体用于在下行信号的测量结果小于或等于第一预设阈值时,向基站发送第一指示信息。 Optionally, the sending module 13 is configured to send the first indication information to the base station when the measurement result of the downlink signal is less than or equal to the first preset threshold.
在该实现方式下,当终端设备为正在进行小区驻留的终端设备时,上述处理模块12,还可以用于在接收模块11接收基站采用第二波束信息发送的下行信号之后,在下行信号的测量结果大于第一预设阈值时,与基站执行随机接入流程;发送模块13向基站发送第二指示信息。其中,第二指示信息用于指示基站停止采用第二波束信息发送下行信号;第二指示信息包括:第一波束信息或第一波束信息的标识;接收模块11,还用于继续接收基站采用第一波束信息发送的下行信号;发送模块13,还用于在下行信号的测量结果小于第二预设阈值时,向基站再次发送第一指示信息。In this implementation manner, when the terminal device is a terminal device that is performing cell camping, the processing module 12 may be further configured to: after the receiving module 11 receives the downlink signal sent by the base station by using the second beam information, in the downlink signal. When the measurement result is greater than the first preset threshold, the base station performs a random access procedure; the sending module 13 sends the second indication information to the base station. The second indication information is used to indicate that the base station stops using the second beam information to send the downlink signal; the second indication information includes: the identifier of the first beam information or the first beam information, and the receiving module 11 is further configured to continue to receive the base station. a downlink signal sent by the beam information; the sending module 13 is further configured to: when the measurement result of the downlink signal is less than the second preset threshold, send the first indication information to the base station again.
在该实现方式下,当终端设备为正在进行小区切换的终端设备,基站为服务小区所在的基站;发送模块13,还用于在接收模块11接收基站采用第二波束信息发送的下行信号之后,向基站上报下行信号的测量结果;接收模块11,还用于在测量结果满足小区切换条件时,接收基站发送的切换命令;切换命令用于指示终端设备接入目标小区。In this implementation manner, when the terminal device is a terminal device that is performing cell handover, the base station is a base station where the serving cell is located, and the sending module 13 is further configured to: after the receiving module 11 receives the downlink signal that is sent by the base station by using the second beam information, And receiving, by the base station, a measurement result of the downlink signal; the receiving module 11 is further configured to: when the measurement result meets the cell handover condition, receive a handover command sent by the base station; and the handover command is used to indicate that the terminal device accesses the target cell.
在该实现方式下,当终端设备为正在进行小区切换的终端设备,基站为目标小区所在的基站;发送模块13,具体用于在下行信号的测量结果小于第一预设阈值时,向目标小区所在的基站发送第一指示信息。In this implementation, when the terminal device is a terminal device that is performing cell handover, the base station is the base station where the target cell is located, and the sending module 13 is configured to: when the measurement result of the downlink signal is less than the first preset threshold, to the target cell. The base station where the base station is located sends the first indication information.
上述终端设备可用于执行上述方法实施例中终端设备侧的步骤,具体实现方式和技术效果类似,这里不再赘述。The foregoing terminal device may be used to perform the steps on the terminal device side in the foregoing method embodiment, and the specific implementation manners and technical effects are similar, and details are not described herein again.
图9为本申请实施例提供的一种基站的结构示意图。如图9所示,该基站可以包括:发送模块22、接收模块23;可选的,该基站还可以包括:处理模块21;其中,FIG. 9 is a schematic structural diagram of a base station according to an embodiment of the present disclosure. As shown in FIG. 9, the base station may include: a sending module 22, a receiving module 23; optionally, the base station may further include: a processing module 21;
发送模块22用于采用第一波束信息向终端设备发送下行信号;可选的,上述下行信号可以包括下述至少一种:同步信道和/或波束参考信号BRS;The sending module 22 is configured to send the downlink signal to the terminal device by using the first beam information. Optionally, the downlink signal may include at least one of the following: a synchronization channel and/or a beam reference signal BRS;
接收模块23,用于接收终端设备发送的第一指示信息,第一指示信息用于指示基站采用第二波束信息向终端设备发送下行信号;The receiving module 23 is configured to receive first indication information that is sent by the terminal device, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the base station sends the downlink signal to the terminal device by using the second beam information.
发送模块22,还用于采用第二波束信息向终端设备发送下行信号。The sending module 22 is further configured to send the downlink signal to the terminal device by using the second beam information.
具体实现时,上述接收模块23、处理模块21、发送模块22可以通过软件实现,也可以通过硬件实现,也可以通过软件和硬件结合的方式实现。以上述接收模块23、处理模块21、发送模块22通过硬件实现为例,则上述发送模块22可以为发送器,上述处理模块21可以为处理组件(例如:处理器),上述接收模块23可以为接收器等。In a specific implementation, the receiving module 23, the processing module 21, and the sending module 22 may be implemented by software, may be implemented by hardware, or may be implemented by combining software and hardware. The receiving module 23, the processing module 21, and the sending module 22 are implemented by hardware. The sending module 22 may be a transmitter, and the processing module 21 may be a processing component (for example, a processor). The receiving module 23 may be Receiver, etc.
上述基站可用于执行上述方法实施例中终基站侧的步骤,具体实现方式和技术效果类似,这里不再赘述。The foregoing base station may be used to perform the steps of the terminal base station side in the foregoing method embodiment, and the specific implementation manners and technical effects are similar, and details are not described herein again.
可选的,上述第一波束信息和第二波束信息所包括的波束类型和波束扫描方式中至少一种信息不同;波束类型包括下述任一种:第一波束类型、第二波束类型,其中,第二波束类型对应的波束的发射角度小于第一波束类型对应的波束的发射角度;波束扫描方式包括下述任一种:单波束扫描方式、多波束并行扫描方式。Optionally, at least one of the beam type and the beam scanning mode included in the first beam information and the second beam information is different; the beam type includes any one of the following: a first beam type and a second beam type, where The beam angle of the beam corresponding to the second beam type is smaller than the beam angle of the beam corresponding to the first beam type. The beam scanning mode includes any one of the following: a single beam scanning mode and a multiple beam parallel scanning mode.
可选的,上述发送模块22,还用于在采用第一波束信息向终端设备发送下行信号之前,采用第一波束信息向终端设备发送服务小区的能力信息和相邻小区的能力信息;服务小区的能力信息包括下述至少一种信息:服务小区所支持的波束类型与时延等级的映射关系、服务小区所支持的波束扫描方式与时延等级的映射关系,相邻小区的能力信息包括下述至少一种信息:相邻小区所支持的波束类型与时延等级的映射关系、相邻小区所支持的波束扫描方式与时延等级的映射关系。 Optionally, the sending module 22 is further configured to: before using the first beam information to send the downlink signal to the terminal device, use the first beam information to send the capability information of the serving cell and the capability information of the neighboring cell to the terminal device; The capability information includes at least one of the following: a mapping relationship between a beam type and a delay level supported by the serving cell, and a mapping relationship between a beam scanning mode and a delay level supported by the serving cell, and the capability information of the neighboring cell includes the following information. The at least one type of information is: a mapping relationship between a beam type and a delay level supported by a neighboring cell, and a mapping relationship between a beam scanning mode and a delay level supported by the neighboring cell.
则在该实现方式下,当基站为服务小区所属的基站时,第一指示信息包括:终端设备根据当前业务的时延等级和服务小区的能力信息所确定的第二波束信息或第二波束信息的标识;则发送模块22用于采用终端设备根据当前业务的时延等级和服务小区的能力信息所确定的第二波束信息,向终端设备发送下行信号。当基站为相邻小区所属的基站时,第一指示信息包括:终端设备根据当前业务的时延等级和相邻小区的能力信息所确定的第二波束信息或第二波束信息的标识;则发送模块22用于采用终端设备根据当前业务的时延等级和相邻小区的能力信息所确定的第二波束信息,向终端设备发送下行信号。In this implementation, when the base station is the base station to which the serving cell belongs, the first indication information includes: second beam information or second beam information determined by the terminal device according to the delay level of the current service and the capability information of the serving cell. The sending module 22 is configured to send, by the terminal device, the downlink signal to the terminal device according to the second beam information determined by the delay class of the current service and the capability information of the serving cell. When the base station is the base station to which the neighboring cell belongs, the first indication information includes: the identifier of the second beam information or the second beam information determined by the terminal device according to the delay level of the current service and the capability information of the neighboring cell; The module 22 is configured to send, by using the terminal device, the downlink signal to the terminal device according to the second beam information determined by the delay level of the current service and the capability information of the neighboring cell.
可选的,若发送模块22没有采用第一波束信息向终端设备发送服务小区的能力信息和相邻小区的能力信息,则在接收模块接收终端设备发送的第一指示信息之后,发送模块22可采用预设的第二波束信息,向终端设备发送下行信号。Optionally, if the sending module 22 does not use the first beam information to send the capability information of the serving cell and the capability information of the neighboring cell to the terminal device, after the receiving module receives the first indication information sent by the terminal device, the sending module 22 may The downlink signal is sent to the terminal device by using the preset second beam information.
在采用第二波束信息向终端设备发送下行信号时,处理模块21可以根据终端设备的位置信息,确定第二波束信息对应的覆盖范围;发送模块22在第二波束信息对应的覆盖范围内,采用第二波束信息向终端设备发送下行信号。可选的,在第一指示信息包括第一波束信息对应的覆盖范围时,可以将第一波束信息对应的覆盖范围作为第二波束信息对应的覆盖范围,发送模块22在第二波束信息对应的覆盖范围内,采用第二波束信息向终端设备发送下行信号。可选的,上述处理模块21,还可以通过对第一指示信息的测量,确定第一波束信息对应的覆盖范围,并将第一波束信息对应的覆盖范围作为第二波束信息对应的覆盖范围;发送模块22用于在第二波束信息对应的覆盖范围内,采用第二波束信息向终端设备发送下行信号。When the second beam information is used to send the downlink signal to the terminal device, the processing module 21 may determine the coverage range corresponding to the second beam information according to the location information of the terminal device, and the sending module 22 uses the coverage area corresponding to the second beam information. The second beam information transmits a downlink signal to the terminal device. Optionally, when the first indication information includes the coverage area corresponding to the first beam information, the coverage area corresponding to the first beam information may be used as the coverage area corresponding to the second beam information, and the sending module 22 corresponds to the second beam information. Within the coverage, the second beam information is used to send a downlink signal to the terminal device. Optionally, the processing module 21 may further determine, by using the measurement of the first indication information, a coverage area corresponding to the first beam information, and use a coverage range corresponding to the first beam information as a coverage area corresponding to the second beam information. The sending module 22 is configured to send the downlink signal to the terminal device by using the second beam information within the coverage area corresponding to the second beam information.
可选的,接收模块23,具体用于接收终端设备在下行信号的测量结果小于或等于第一预设阈值时发送的第一指示信息。Optionally, the receiving module 23 is specifically configured to receive first indication information that is sent by the terminal device when the measurement result of the downlink signal is less than or equal to the first preset threshold.
则在该实现方式下,当终端设备为正在进行小区驻留的终端设备时,上述处理模块21,还可以用于在发送模块22采用第二波束信息向终端设备发送下行信号之后,与终端设备执行随机接入流程;接收模块23用于接收终端设备发送的第二指示信息,第二指示信息用于指示基站停止采用第二波束信息发送下行信号;第二指示信息包括:第一波束信息或第一波束信息的标识。In this implementation manner, when the terminal device is a terminal device that is camped on the cell, the processing module 21 may be further configured to: after the sending module 22 sends the downlink signal to the terminal device by using the second beam information, and the terminal device The receiving module 23 is configured to receive the second indication information that is sent by the terminal device, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the base station stops using the second beam information to send the downlink signal, where the second indication information includes: the first beam information or Identification of the first beam information.
则在该实现方式下,当终端设备为正在进行小区切换的终端设备,基站为服务小区所在的基站时,上述接收模块23,还用于在发送模块22采用第二波束信息向终端设备发送下行信号之后,接收终端设备上报的下行信号的测量结果;则发送模块22,还用于在测量结果满足小区切换条件时,向终端设备发送切换命令;切换命令用于指示终端设备向目标小区所在的基站发起随机接入过程。此时,发送模块22,还可以用于在接收模块23接收终端设备发送的第一指示信息之后,向目标小区所在的基站发送第一指示信息。In this implementation manner, when the terminal device is a terminal device that is performing cell handover, and the base station is the base station where the serving cell is located, the receiving module 23 is further configured to send, by the sending module 22, the second beam information to the terminal device. After the signal, the measurement result of the downlink signal reported by the terminal device is received; the sending module 22 is further configured to: when the measurement result meets the cell handover condition, send a handover command to the terminal device; the handover command is used to indicate that the terminal device is located at the target cell The base station initiates a random access procedure. At this time, the sending module 22 may be further configured to: after the receiving module 23 receives the first indication information sent by the terminal device, send the first indication information to the base station where the target cell is located.
上述基站可用于执行上述方法实施例中终基站侧的步骤,具体实现方式和技术效果类似,这里不再赘述。The foregoing base station may be used to perform the steps of the terminal base station side in the foregoing method embodiment, and the specific implementation manners and technical effects are similar, and details are not described herein again.
需要说明的是,应理解以上终端设备和/或基站的各个模块的划分仅仅是一种逻辑功能的划分,实际实现时可以全部或部分集成到一个物理实体上,也可以物理上分开。且这些模块可以全部以软件通过处理元件调用的形式实现;也可以全部以硬件的形式实现;还可以部分模块通过处理元件调用软件的形式实现,部分模块通过硬件的形式实现。例如,处理模块可以为单独设立的处理元件,也可以集成在上述装置的某一个芯片中实现,此外, 也可以以程序代码的形式存储于上述装置的存储器中,由上述终端设备和/或基站的某一个处理元件调用并执行以上处理模块的功能。其它模块的实现与之类似。此外这些模块全部或部分可以集成在一起,也可以独立实现。这里所述的处理元件可以是一种集成电路,具有信号的处理能力。在实现过程中,上述方法的各步骤或以上各个模块可以通过处理器元件中的硬件的集成逻辑电路或者软件形式的指令完成。It should be noted that the division of each module of the foregoing terminal device and/or the base station is only a division of a logical function, and may be integrated into one physical entity or physically separated in whole or in part. And these modules can all be implemented by software in the form of processing component calls; or all of them can be implemented in hardware form; some modules can be realized by processing component calling software, and some modules are realized by hardware. For example, the processing module may be a separate processing component, or may be integrated in one of the above devices, and It may also be stored in the memory of the above device in the form of program code, and the function of the above processing module is called and executed by one of the processing elements of the terminal device and/or the base station. The implementation of other modules is similar. In addition, all or part of these modules can be integrated or implemented independently. The processing elements described herein can be an integrated circuit with signal processing capabilities. In the implementation process, each step of the above method or each of the above modules may be completed by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in the processor element or an instruction in a form of software.
例如,以上这些模块可以是被配置成实施以上方法的一个或多个集成电路,例如:一个或多个特定集成电路(Application Specific Integrated Circuit,ASIC),或,一个或多个微处理器(digital singnal processor,DSP),或,一个或者多个现场可编程门阵列(Field Programmable Gate Array,FPGA)等。再如,当以上某个模块通过处理元件调度程序代码的形式实现时,该处理元件可以是通用处理器,例如中央处理器(Central Processing Unit,简称CPU)或其它可以调用程序代码的处理器。再如,这些模块可以集成在一起,以片上系统(system-on-a-chip,简称SOC)的形式实现。For example, the above modules may be one or more integrated circuits configured to implement the above methods, such as one or more Application Specific Integrated Circuits (ASICs), or one or more microprocessors (digital) Singnal processor (DSP), or one or more Field Programmable Gate Array (FPGA). For another example, when one of the above modules is implemented in the form of a processing component scheduler code, the processing component may be a general purpose processor, such as a central processing unit (CPU) or other processor that can call the program code. As another example, these modules can be integrated and implemented in the form of a system-on-a-chip (SOC).
图10为本申请实施例提供的另一种终端设备的结构示意图。如图10所示,该终端设备可以包括:处理器31和存储器34,可选的,该终端设备还可以包括发送器32、接收器33、天线35等。FIG. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of another terminal device according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 10, the terminal device may include: a processor 31 and a memory 34. Optionally, the terminal device may further include a transmitter 32, a receiver 33, an antenna 35, and the like.
存储器34、发送器32和接收器33和处理器31可以通过总线进行连接。当然,在实际运用中,存储器34、发送器32和接收器33和处理器31之间可以不是总线结构,而可以是其它结构,例如星型结构,本申请不作具体限定。The memory 34, the transmitter 32 and the receiver 33 and the processor 31 can be connected via a bus. Of course, in the actual application, the memory 34, the transmitter 32, and the receiver 33 and the processor 31 may not be a bus structure, but may be other structures, such as a star structure, which is not specifically limited in the present application.
可选地,处理器31具体可以是通用的中央处理器或ASIC,可以是一个或多个用于控制程序执行的集成电路,可以是使用FPGA开发的硬件电路,可以是基带处理器。Optionally, the processor 31 may be a general-purpose central processing unit or an ASIC, and may be one or more integrated circuits for controlling program execution, may be hardware circuits developed using an FPGA, and may be a baseband processor.
可选地,处理器31可以包括至少一个处理核心。Alternatively, processor 31 may include at least one processing core.
可选地,存储器34可以包括ROM、RAM和磁盘存储器中的一种或多种。存储器34用于存储处理器31运行时所需的数据和/或指令。存储器34的数量可以为一个或多个。Alternatively, memory 34 may include one or more of ROM, RAM, and disk storage. Memory 34 is used to store data and/or instructions needed by processor 31 to operate. The number of memories 34 can be one or more.
上述处理器31,用于执行存储器34的指令,当处理器31执行存储器34存储的指令时,使得处理器31执行上述终端设备所执行的终端设备移动性的处理方法,对此不再赘述。The processor 31 is configured to execute the instruction of the memory 34. When the processor 31 executes the instruction stored in the memory 34, the processor 31 is configured to execute the processing method of the terminal device mobility performed by the terminal device, and details are not described herein.
图11为本申请实施例提供的另一种基站的结构示意图。该基站包括:处理器41、存储器44。可选的,该基站还可以包括:发送器42、接收器43、天线45等。FIG. 11 is a schematic structural diagram of another base station according to an embodiment of the present application. The base station includes a processor 41 and a memory 44. Optionally, the base station may further include: a transmitter 42, a receiver 43, an antenna 45, and the like.
存储器44、发送器42和接收器43和处理器41可以通过总线进行连接。当然,在实际运用中,存储器44、发送器42和接收器43和处理器41之间可以不是总线结构,而可以是其它结构,例如星型结构,本申请不作具体限定。The memory 44, the transmitter 42 and the receiver 43 and the processor 41 can be connected via a bus. Of course, in the actual application, the memory 44, the transmitter 42 and the receiver 43 and the processor 41 may not be a bus structure, but may be other structures, such as a star structure, which is not specifically limited in the present application.
可选地,处理器41具体可以是通用的中央处理器或ASIC,可以是一个或多个用于控制程序执行的集成电路,可以是使用FPGA开发的硬件电路,可以是基带处理器。Optionally, the processor 41 may be a general-purpose central processing unit or an ASIC, and may be one or more integrated circuits for controlling program execution, may be hardware circuits developed using an FPGA, and may be a baseband processor.
可选地,处理器41可以包括至少一个处理核心。Alternatively, processor 41 may include at least one processing core.
可选地,存储器44可以包括ROM、RAM和磁盘存储器中的一种或多种。存储器44用于存储处理器41运行时所需的数据和/或指令。存储器44的数量可以为一个或多个。Alternatively, memory 44 may include one or more of ROM, RAM, and disk storage. Memory 44 is used to store data and/or instructions needed by processor 41 to operate. The number of memories 44 can be one or more.
上述处理器41,用于执行存储器44的指令,当处理器41执行存储器44存储的指令时,使得处理器41执行上述基站所执行的终端设备移动性的处理方法,对此不再赘述。The processor 41 is configured to execute the instruction of the memory 44. When the processor 41 executes the instruction stored in the memory 44, the processor 41 is caused to execute the processing method of the terminal device mobility performed by the base station, and details are not described herein.
正如上述实施例所述,本申请实施例涉及的终端设备可以是手机、平板电脑等无线终 端,因此,以终端设备为手机为例:图12为本申请实施例提供的终端设备为手机时的部分结构的框图。参考图12,该手机可以包括:射频(Radio Frequency,RF)电路1110、存储器1120、输入单元1130、显示单元1140、传感器1150、音频电路1160、无线保真(wireless fidelity,WiFi)模块1170、处理器1180、以及电源1190等部件。本领域技术人员可以理解,图12中示出的手机结构并不构成对手机的限定,可以包括比图示更多或更少的部件,或者组合某些部件,或者不同的部件布置。As described in the above embodiments, the terminal device involved in the embodiment of the present application may be a wireless terminal such as a mobile phone or a tablet computer. For example, a terminal device is used as a mobile phone as an example: FIG. 12 is a block diagram showing a partial structure of a terminal device provided by the embodiment of the present disclosure. Referring to FIG. 12, the mobile phone may include: a radio frequency (RF) circuit 1110, a memory 1120, an input unit 1130, a display unit 1140, a sensor 1150, an audio circuit 1160, a wireless fidelity (WiFi) module 1170, and processing. Device 1180, and power supply 1190 and other components. It will be understood by those skilled in the art that the structure of the handset shown in FIG. 12 does not constitute a limitation to the handset, and may include more or less components than those illustrated, or some components may be combined, or different component arrangements.
下面结合图12对手机的各个构成部件进行具体的介绍:The following describes the components of the mobile phone in detail with reference to FIG. 12:
RF电路1110可用于收发信息或通话过程中,信号的接收和发送,特别地,将基站的下行信息接收后,给处理器1180处理;另外,将上行的数据发送给基站。通常,RF电路包括但不限于天线、至少一个放大器、收发信机、耦合器、低噪声放大器(Low Noise Amplifier,LNA)、双工器等。此外,RF电路1110还可以通过无线通信与网络和其他设备通信。上述无线通信可以使用任一通信标准或协议,包括但不限于全球移动通讯系统(Global System of Mobile communication,GSM)、通用分组无线服务(General Packet Radio Service,GPRS)、码分多址(Code Division Multiple Access,CDMA)、宽带码分多址(Wideband Code Division Multiple Access,WCDMA)、长期演进(Long Term Evolution,LTE))、电子邮件、短消息服务(Short Messaging Service,SMS)等。The RF circuit 1110 can be used for receiving and transmitting signals during the transmission or reception of information or during a call. Specifically, after receiving the downlink information of the base station, the processing is performed by the processor 1180. In addition, the uplink data is sent to the base station. Generally, RF circuits include, but are not limited to, an antenna, at least one amplifier, a transceiver, a coupler, a Low Noise Amplifier (LNA), a duplexer, and the like. In addition, RF circuitry 1110 can also communicate with the network and other devices via wireless communication. The above wireless communication may use any communication standard or protocol, including but not limited to Global System of Mobile communication (GSM), General Packet Radio Service (GPRS), Code Division Multiple Access (Code Division). Multiple Access (CDMA), Wideband Code Division Multiple Access (WCDMA), Long Term Evolution (LTE), e-mail, Short Messaging Service (SMS), and the like.
存储器1120可用于存储软件程序以及模块,处理器1180通过运行存储在存储器1120的软件程序以及模块,从而执行手机的各种功能应用以及数据处理。存储器1120可主要包括存储程序区和存储数据区,其中,存储程序区可存储操作系统、至少一个功能所需的应用程序(比如声音播放功能、图像播放功能等)等;存储数据区可存储根据手机的使用所创建的数据(比如音频数据、电话本等)等。此外,存储器1120可以包括高速随机存取存储器,还可以包括非易失性存储器,例如至少一个磁盘存储器件、闪存器件、或其他易失性固态存储器件。The memory 1120 can be used to store software programs and modules, and the processor 1180 executes various functional applications and data processing of the mobile phone by running software programs and modules stored in the memory 1120. The memory 1120 may mainly include a storage program area and a storage data area, wherein the storage program area may store an operating system, an application required for at least one function (such as a sound playing function, an image playing function, etc.), and the like; the storage data area may be stored according to Data created by the use of the mobile phone (such as audio data, phone book, etc.). Moreover, memory 1120 can include high speed random access memory, and can also include non-volatile memory, such as at least one magnetic disk storage device, flash memory device, or other volatile solid state storage device.
输入单元1130可用于接收输入的数字或字符信息,以及产生与手机的用户设置以及功能控制有关的键信号输入。具体地,输入单元1130可包括触控面板1131以及其他输入设备1132。触控面板1131,也称为触摸屏,可收集用户在其上或附近的触摸操作(比如用户使用手指、触笔等任何适合的物体或附件在触控面板1131上或在触控面板1131附近的操作),并根据预先设定的程式驱动相应的连接装置。可选的,触控面板1131可包括触摸检测装置和触摸控制器两个部分。其中,触摸检测装置检测用户的触摸方位,并检测触摸操作带来的信号,将信号传送给触摸控制器;触摸控制器从触摸检测装置上接收触摸信息,并将它转换成触点坐标,再送给处理器1180,并能接收处理器1180发来的命令并加以执行。此外,可以采用电阻式、电容式、红外线以及表面声波等多种类型实现触控面板1131。除了触控面板1131,输入单元1130还可以包括其他输入设备1132。具体地,其他输入设备1132可以包括但不限于物理键盘、功能键(比如音量控制按键、开关按键等)、轨迹球、鼠标、操作杆等中的一种或多种。The input unit 1130 can be configured to receive input numeric or character information and to generate key signal inputs related to user settings and function controls of the handset. Specifically, the input unit 1130 may include a touch panel 1131 and other input devices 1132. The touch panel 1131, also referred to as a touch screen, can collect touch operations on or near the user (such as the user using a finger, a stylus, or the like on the touch panel 1131 or near the touch panel 1131. Operation), and drive the corresponding connecting device according to a preset program. Optionally, the touch panel 1131 may include two parts: a touch detection device and a touch controller. Wherein, the touch detection device detects the touch orientation of the user, and detects a signal brought by the touch operation, and transmits the signal to the touch controller; the touch controller receives the touch information from the touch detection device, converts the touch information into contact coordinates, and sends the touch information. The processor 1180 is provided and can receive commands from the processor 1180 and execute them. In addition, the touch panel 1131 can be implemented in various types such as resistive, capacitive, infrared, and surface acoustic waves. In addition to the touch panel 1131, the input unit 1130 may also include other input devices 1132. Specifically, other input devices 1132 may include, but are not limited to, one or more of a physical keyboard, function keys (such as volume control buttons, switch buttons, etc.), trackballs, mice, joysticks, and the like.
显示单元1140可用于显示由用户输入的信息或提供给用户的信息以及手机的各种菜单。显示单元1140可包括显示面板1141,可选的,可以采用液晶显示器(Liquid Crystal Display,LCD)、有机发光二极管(Organic Light-Emitting Diode,OLED)等形式来配置显示面板1141。进一步的,触控面板1131可覆盖于显示面板1141之上,当触控面板1131 检测到在其上或附近的触摸操作后,传送给处理器1180以确定触摸事件的类型,随后处理器1180根据触摸事件的类型在显示面板1141上提供相应的视觉输出。虽然在图12中,触控面板1131与显示面板1141是作为两个独立的部件来实现手机的输入和输入功能,但是在某些实施例中,可以将触控面板1131与显示面板1141集成而实现手机的输入和输出功能。The display unit 1140 can be used to display information input by the user or information provided to the user as well as various menus of the mobile phone. The display unit 1140 may include a display panel 1141. Alternatively, the display panel 1141 may be configured in the form of a liquid crystal display (LCD), an organic light-emitting diode (OLED), or the like. Further, the touch panel 1131 can be overlaid on the display panel 1141 when the touch panel 1131 Upon detecting a touch operation on or near it, the processor 1180 is transmitted to determine the type of touch event, and then the processor 1180 provides a corresponding visual output on the display panel 1141 based on the type of touch event. Although the touch panel 1131 and the display panel 1141 are used as two independent components to implement the input and input functions of the mobile phone in FIG. 12, in some embodiments, the touch panel 1131 and the display panel 1141 may be integrated. Realize the input and output functions of the phone.
手机还可包括至少一种传感器1150,比如光传感器、运动传感器以及其他传感器。具体地,光传感器可包括环境光传感器及接近传感器,其中,环境光传感器可根据环境光线的明暗来调节显示面板1141的亮度,光传感器可在手机移动到耳边时,关闭显示面板1141和/或背光。作为运动传感器的一种,加速度传感器可检测各个方向上(一般为三轴)加速度的大小,静止时可检测出重力的大小及方向,可用于识别手机姿态的应用(比如横竖屏切换、相关游戏、磁力计姿态校准)、振动识别相关功能(比如计步器、敲击)等;至于手机还可配置的陀螺仪、气压计、湿度计、温度计、红外线传感器等其他传感器,在此不再赘述。The handset may also include at least one type of sensor 1150, such as a light sensor, motion sensor, and other sensors. Specifically, the light sensor may include an ambient light sensor and a proximity sensor, wherein the ambient light sensor may adjust the brightness of the display panel 1141 according to the brightness of the ambient light, and the light sensor may close the display panel 1141 and/or when the mobile phone moves to the ear. Or backlight. As a kind of motion sensor, the acceleration sensor can detect the acceleration of each direction (usually three axes). When it is still, it can detect the magnitude and direction of gravity. It can be used to identify the gesture of the mobile phone (such as horizontal and vertical screen switching, related games). , magnetometer attitude calibration), vibration recognition related functions (such as pedometer, tapping), etc.; as the mobile phone can also be configured with gyroscopes, barometers, hygrometers, thermometers, infrared sensors and other sensors, no longer repeat .
音频电路1160、扬声器1161以及传声器1162可提供用户与手机之间的音频接口。音频电路1160可将接收到的音频数据转换后的电信号,传输到扬声器1161,由扬声器1161转换为声音信号输出;另一方面,传声器1162将收集的声音信号转换为电信号,由音频电路1160接收后转换为音频数据,再将音频数据输出处理器1180处理后,经RF电路1110以发送给比如另一手机,或者将音频数据输出至存储器1120以便进一步处理。 Audio circuitry 1160, speaker 1161, and microphone 1162 can provide an audio interface between the user and the handset. The audio circuit 1160 can transmit the converted electrical data of the received audio data to the speaker 1161, and convert it into a sound signal output by the speaker 1161; on the other hand, the microphone 1162 converts the collected sound signal into an electrical signal, and the audio circuit 1160 After receiving, it is converted into audio data, and then processed by the audio data output processor 1180, transmitted to the other mobile phone via the RF circuit 1110, or outputted to the memory 1120 for further processing.
WiFi属于短距离无线传输技术,手机通过WiFi模块1170可以帮助用户收发电子邮件、浏览网页和访问流式媒体等,它为用户提供了无线的宽带互联网访问。虽然图12示出了WiFi模块1170,但是可以理解的是,其并不属于手机的必须构成,完全可以根据需要在不改变申请的本质的范围内而省略。WiFi is a short-range wireless transmission technology. The mobile phone can help users to send and receive emails, browse web pages and access streaming media through the WiFi module 1170, which provides users with wireless broadband Internet access. Although FIG. 12 shows the WiFi module 1170, it can be understood that it does not belong to the essential configuration of the mobile phone, and can be omitted as needed within the scope of not changing the essence of the application.
处理器1180是手机的控制中心,利用各种接口和线路连接整个手机的各个部分,通过运行或执行存储在存储器1120内的软件程序和/或模块,以及调用存储在存储器1120内的数据,执行手机的各种功能和处理数据,从而对手机进行整体监控。可选的,处理器1180可包括一个或多个处理单元;例如,处理器1180可集成应用处理器和调制解调处理器,其中,应用处理器主要处理操作系统、用户界面和应用程序等,调制解调处理器主要处理无线通信。可以理解的是,上述调制解调处理器也可以不集成到处理器1180中。The processor 1180 is a control center for the handset, which connects various portions of the entire handset using various interfaces and lines, by executing or executing software programs and/or modules stored in the memory 1120, and invoking data stored in the memory 1120, The phone's various functions and processing data, so that the overall monitoring of the phone. Optionally, the processor 1180 may include one or more processing units; for example, the processor 1180 may integrate an application processor and a modem processor, where the application processor mainly processes an operating system, a user interface, an application, and the like. The modem processor primarily handles wireless communications. It will be appreciated that the above described modem processor may also not be integrated into the processor 1180.
手机还包括给各个部件供电的电源1190(比如电池),例如,电源可以通过电源管理系统与处理器1180逻辑相连,从而通过电源管理系统实现管理充电、放电、以及功耗管理等功能。The handset also includes a power source 1190 (such as a battery) that powers the various components. For example, the power source can be logically coupled to the processor 1180 via a power management system to manage functions such as charging, discharging, and power management through the power management system.
手机还可以包括摄像头1200,该摄像头可以为前置摄像头,也可以为后置摄像头。尽管未示出,手机还可以包括蓝牙模块、GPS模块等,在此不再赘述。The mobile phone can also include a camera 1200, which can be a front camera or a rear camera. Although not shown, the mobile phone may further include a Bluetooth module, a GPS module, and the like, and details are not described herein again.
在本申请实施例中,该手机所包括的处理器1180可以用于执行上述终端设备移动性的处理方法的终端设备侧的方法实施例,其实现原理和技术效果类似,在此不再赘述。In the embodiment of the present application, the processor 1180 included in the mobile phone may be used to perform the method for processing the terminal device mobility, and the implementation principle and technical effects are similar, and details are not described herein.
在上述实施例中,可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时,可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令。在计算机上加载和执行计算机程序指令时,全部或部分地产生按照本申请实施例的流程或功能。计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、 或者其他可编程装置。计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中,或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输,例如,计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线(例如同轴电缆、光纤、数字用户线(DSL))或无线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可用介质集成的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。可用介质可以是磁性介质,(例如,软盘、硬盘、磁带)、光介质(例如,DVD)、或者半导体介质(例如固态硬盘Solid State Disk(SSD))等。 In the above embodiments, it may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware, or any combination thereof. When implemented in software, it may be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product. A computer program product includes one or more computer instructions. When the computer program instructions are loaded and executed on a computer, the processes or functions in accordance with embodiments of the present application are generated in whole or in part. The computer can be a general purpose computer, a special purpose computer, a computer network, Or other programmable devices. The computer instructions can be stored in a computer readable storage medium or transferred from one computer readable storage medium to another computer readable storage medium, for example, computer instructions can be wired from a website site, computer, server or data center (eg Coax, fiber, digital subscriber line (DSL) or wireless (eg, infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.) is transmitted to another website, computer, server, or data center. The computer readable storage medium can be any available media that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server, data center, or the like that includes one or more available media. Useful media can be magnetic media (eg, floppy disk, hard disk, magnetic tape), optical media (eg, DVD), or semiconductor media (eg, Solid State Disk (SSD)).

Claims (30)

  1. 一种终端设备移动性的处理方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for processing mobility of a terminal device, comprising:
    终端设备接收基站采用第一波束信息发送的下行信号;Receiving, by the terminal device, a downlink signal that is sent by the base station by using the first beam information;
    所述终端设备根据采用第一波束信息发送的下行信号,向所述基站发送第一指示信息;所述第一指示信息用于指示所述基站向所述终端设备采用第二波束信息发送下行信号;The terminal device sends the first indication information to the base station according to the downlink signal that is sent by using the first beam information, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the base station sends the downlink signal to the terminal device by using the second beam information. ;
    所述终端设备接收所述基站采用所述第二波束信息发送的所述下行信号。The terminal device receives the downlink signal that is sent by the base station by using the second beam information.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一波束信息和所述第二波束信息所包括的波束类型和波束扫描方式中至少一种信息不同;The method according to claim 1, wherein at least one of a beam type and a beam scanning mode included in the first beam information and the second beam information is different;
    所述第一波束信息所包含的波束类型为第一波束类型或第二波束类型;所述第二波束信息包含的波束类型为第一波束类型或第二波束类型,其中,所述第二波束类型对应的波束的发射角度小于所述第一波束类型对应的波束的发射角度;The beam type included in the first beam information is a first beam type or a second beam type; the beam type included in the second beam information is a first beam type or a second beam type, where the second beam The transmission angle of the beam corresponding to the type is smaller than the transmission angle of the beam corresponding to the first beam type;
    所述第一波束信息所包含的波束扫描方式为单波束扫描方式或多波束并行扫描方式;所述第二波束信息所包含的波束扫描方式为单波束扫描方式或多波束并行扫描方式。The beam scanning mode included in the first beam information is a single beam scanning mode or a multiple beam parallel scanning mode; the beam scanning mode included in the second beam information is a single beam scanning mode or a multiple beam parallel scanning mode.
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端设备接收基站采用第一波束信息发送的下行信号之前,还包括:The method according to claim 2, wherein before the receiving, by the terminal device, the downlink signal sent by the base station by using the first beam information, the method further includes:
    所述终端设备接收所述基站采用第一波束信息发送的服务小区的能力信息和相邻小区的能力信息;所述服务小区的能力信息包括下述至少一种信息:所述服务小区所支持的波束类型与时延等级的映射关系、所述服务小区所支持的波束扫描方式与时延等级的映射关系,所述相邻小区的能力信息包括下述至少一种信息:所述相邻小区所支持的波束类型与时延等级的映射关系、所述相邻小区所支持的波束扫描方式与时延等级的映射关系。The terminal device receives the capability information of the serving cell that is sent by the base station by using the first beam information, and the capability information of the neighboring cell; the capability information of the serving cell includes at least one of the following information: supported by the serving cell a mapping relationship between a beam type and a delay level, a beam scanning manner supported by the serving cell, and a delay level, where the capability information of the neighboring cell includes at least one of the following information: the neighboring cell The mapping relationship between the supported beam type and the delay level, and the mapping relationship between the beam scanning mode and the delay level supported by the neighboring cell.
  4. 根据权利要求3所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述基站为所述服务小区所属的基站时,所述终端设备向所述基站发送第一指示信息,包括:The method according to claim 3, wherein when the base station is a base station to which the serving cell belongs, the terminal device sends the first indication information to the base station, including:
    所述终端设备根据当前业务的时延等级和所述服务小区的能力信息,确定所述第二波束信息;Determining, by the terminal device, the second beam information according to a delay level of the current service and capability information of the serving cell;
    所述终端设备根据所述第二波束信息,向所述基站发送第一指示信息;所述第一指示信息包括:所述第二波束信息或所述第二波束信息的标识;The terminal device sends first indication information to the base station according to the second beam information; the first indication information includes: an identifier of the second beam information or the second beam information;
    在所述基站为所述相邻小区所属的基站时,所述终端设备向所述基站发送第一指示信息,包括:When the base station is the base station to which the neighboring cell belongs, the terminal device sends the first indication information to the base station, including:
    所述终端设备根据当前业务的时延等级和所述相邻小区的能力信息,确定所述第二波束信息;Determining, by the terminal device, the second beam information according to a delay level of the current service and capability information of the neighboring cell;
    所述终端设备根据所述第二波束信息,向所述基站发送第一指示信息;所述第一指示信息包括:所述第二波束信息或所述第二波束信息的标识。The terminal device sends first indication information to the base station according to the second beam information; the first indication information includes: an identifier of the second beam information or the second beam information.
  5. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端设备根据采用第一波束信息发送的下行信号向所述基站发送第一指示信息,包括:The method according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the transmitting, by the terminal device, the first indication information to the base station according to the downlink signal sent by using the first beam information comprises:
    所述终端设备在采用第一波束信息发送的所述下行信号的测量结果小于或等于第一预设阈值时,向所述基站发送第一指示信息。When the measurement result of the downlink signal that is sent by using the first beam information is less than or equal to a first preset threshold, the terminal device sends the first indication information to the base station.
  6. 根据权利要求5所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端设备为正在进行小区驻留的终端设备,则所述终端设备接收所述基站采用所述第二波束信息发送的所述下行信号之后, 还包括:The method according to claim 5, wherein the terminal device is a terminal device that is performing cell camping, and the terminal device receives the downlink signal sent by the base station by using the second beam information. , Also includes:
    所述终端设备在采用第一波束信息发送的所述下行信号的测量结果大于所述第一预设阈值时,与所述基站执行随机接入流程,并向所述基站发送第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述基站停止采用第二波束信息发送所述下行信号;When the measurement result of the downlink signal that is sent by using the first beam information is greater than the first preset threshold, the terminal device performs a random access procedure with the base station, and sends the second indication information to the base station, The second indication information is used to indicate that the base station stops using the second beam information to send the downlink signal;
    所述第二指示信息包括:所述第一波束信息或第一波束信息的标识;The second indication information includes: an identifier of the first beam information or first beam information;
    所述终端设备继续接收所述基站采用所述第一波束信息发送的所述下行信号;The terminal device continues to receive the downlink signal that is sent by the base station by using the first beam information;
    所述终端设备在采用所述第一波束信息发送的所述下行信号的测量结果小于第二预设阈值时,向所述基站再次发送所述第一指示信息。And when the measurement result of the downlink signal sent by using the first beam information is less than a second preset threshold, the terminal device sends the first indication information to the base station again.
  7. 根据权利要求5所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端设备为正在进行小区切换的终端设备,所述基站为服务小区所在的基站,则所述终端设备接收所述基站采用第二波束信息发送的所述下行信号之后,还包括:The method according to claim 5, wherein the terminal device is a terminal device that is performing cell handover, the base station is a base station where a serving cell is located, and the terminal device receives the second beam information of the base station by using the base station. After the downlink signal is sent, the method further includes:
    所述终端设备向所述基站上报采用第二波束信息发送的所述下行信号的测量结果;The terminal device reports, to the base station, a measurement result of the downlink signal that is sent by using the second beam information;
    在所述测量结果满足小区切换条件时,所述终端设备接收所述基站发送的切换命令;所述切换命令用于指示所述终端设备接入目标小区。When the measurement result meets the cell handover condition, the terminal device receives a handover command sent by the base station; and the handover command is used to indicate that the terminal device accesses the target cell.
  8. 根据权利要求5所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端设备为正在进行小区切换的终端设备,所述基站为目标小区所在的基站;则所述终端设备在采用所述第一波束信息发送的所述下行信号的测量结果小于第一预设阈值时,向所述基站发送第一指示信息,包括:The method according to claim 5, wherein the terminal device is a terminal device that is performing cell handover, and the base station is a base station where the target cell is located; and the terminal device is configured to send by using the first beam information. When the measurement result of the downlink signal is less than the first preset threshold, the first indication information is sent to the base station, including:
    所述终端设备在所述下行信号的测量结果小于第一预设阈值时,向所述目标小区所在的基站发送第一指示信息。When the measurement result of the downlink signal is less than the first preset threshold, the terminal device sends the first indication information to the base station where the target cell is located.
  9. 一种终端设备移动性的处理方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for processing mobility of a terminal device, comprising:
    基站采用第一波束信息向终端设备发送下行信号;The base station sends the downlink signal to the terminal device by using the first beam information;
    所述基站接收所述终端设备发送的第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述基站采用第二波束信息向所述终端设备发送所述下行信号;Receiving, by the base station, first indication information that is sent by the terminal device, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the base station sends the downlink signal to the terminal device by using second beam information;
    所述基站采用所述第二波束信息向所述终端设备发送所述下行信号。The base station sends the downlink signal to the terminal device by using the second beam information.
  10. 根据权利要求9所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一波束信息和所述第二波束信息所包括的波束类型和波束扫描方式中的至少一种信息不同;The method according to claim 9, wherein at least one of a beam type and a beam scanning mode included in the first beam information and the second beam information is different;
    所述第一波束信息所包含的波束类型为第一波束类型或第二波束类型;所述第二波束信息包含的波束类型为第一波束类型或第二波束类型,其中,所述第二波束类型对应的波束的发射角度小于所述第一波束类型对应的波束的发射角度;The beam type included in the first beam information is a first beam type or a second beam type; the beam type included in the second beam information is a first beam type or a second beam type, where the second beam The transmission angle of the beam corresponding to the type is smaller than the transmission angle of the beam corresponding to the first beam type;
    所述第一波束信息所包含的波束扫描方式为单波束扫描方式或多波束并行扫描方式;所述第二波束信息所包含的波束扫描方式为单波束扫描方式或多波束并行扫描方式。The beam scanning mode included in the first beam information is a single beam scanning mode or a multiple beam parallel scanning mode; the beam scanning mode included in the second beam information is a single beam scanning mode or a multiple beam parallel scanning mode.
  11. 根据权利要求10所述的方法,其特征在于,所述基站采用第一波束信息向终端设备发送下行信号之前,还包括:The method according to claim 10, wherein before the base station sends the downlink signal to the terminal device by using the first beam information, the method further includes:
    所述基站采用第一波束信息向终端设备发送服务小区的能力信息和相邻小区的能力信息;所述服务小区的能力信息包括下述至少一种信息:所述服务小区所支持的波束类型与时延等级的映射关系、所述服务小区所支持的波束扫描方式与时延等级的映射关系,所述相邻小区的能力信息包括下述至少一种信息:所述相邻小区所支持的波束类型与时延等级的映射关系、所述相邻小区所支持的波束扫描方式与时延等级的映射关系。The base station sends the capability information of the serving cell and the capability information of the neighboring cell to the terminal device by using the first beam information; the capability information of the serving cell includes at least one of the following types: a beam type supported by the serving cell a mapping relationship between a delay level, a beam scanning mode supported by the serving cell, and a delay level, where the capability information of the neighboring cell includes at least one of the following: a beam supported by the neighboring cell The mapping relationship between the type and the delay level, and the mapping relationship between the beam scanning mode supported by the neighboring cell and the delay level.
  12. 根据权利要求11所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述基站为所述服务小区所属的 基站时,所述第一指示信息包括:所述终端设备根据当前业务的时延等级和所述服务小区的能力信息所确定的所述第二波束信息或所述第二波束信息的标识;The method according to claim 11, wherein said base station is associated with said serving cell In the case of the base station, the first indication information includes: an identifier of the second beam information or the second beam information determined by the terminal device according to a delay level of the current service and capability information of the serving cell;
    则所述基站采用所述第二波束信息向所述终端设备发送所述下行信号,包括:And sending, by the base station, the downlink signal to the terminal device by using the second beam information, including:
    所述基站采用所述终端设备根据当前业务的时延等级和所述服务小区的能力信息所确定的所述第二波束信息,向所述终端设备发送所述下行信号;The base station sends the downlink signal to the terminal device by using the second beam information determined by the terminal device according to the delay class of the current service and the capability information of the serving cell;
    在所述基站为所述相邻小区所属的基站时,所述第一指示信息包括:所述终端设备根据当前业务的时延等级和所述相邻小区的能力信息所确定的所述第二波束信息或所述第二波束信息的标识;When the base station is the base station to which the neighboring cell belongs, the first indication information includes: the second determined by the terminal device according to a delay level of the current service and capability information of the neighboring cell. The identifier of the beam information or the second beam information;
    则所述基站采用所述第二波束信息向所述终端设备发送所述下行信号,包括:And sending, by the base station, the downlink signal to the terminal device by using the second beam information, including:
    所述基站采用所述终端设备根据当前业务的时延等级和所述相邻小区的能力信息所确定的所述第二波束信息,向所述终端设备发送所述下行信号。The base station sends the downlink signal to the terminal device by using the second beam information determined by the terminal device according to the delay class of the current service and the capability information of the neighboring cell.
  13. 根据权利要求9或10所述的方法,其特征在于,所述基站采用所述第二波束信息向所述终端设备发送所述下行信号,包括:The method according to claim 9 or 10, wherein the transmitting, by the base station, the downlink signal to the terminal device by using the second beam information comprises:
    所述基站采用预设的所述第二波束信息,向所述终端设备发送所述下行信号。The base station sends the downlink signal to the terminal device by using the preset second beam information.
  14. 根据权利要求9-13任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端设备为正在进行小区驻留的终端设备,所述基站采用所述第二波束信息向所述终端设备发送所述下行信号之后,还包括:The method according to any one of claims 9 to 13, wherein the terminal device is a terminal device that is camping on a cell, and the base station sends the After the downlink signal, it also includes:
    所述基站与所述终端设备执行随机接入流程,并接收所述终端设备发送的第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述基站停止采用第二波束信息发送所述下行信号;所述第二指示信息包括:所述第一波束信息或第一波束信息的标识。The base station and the terminal device perform a random access procedure, and receive second indication information that is sent by the terminal device, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the base station stops using the second beam information to send the downlink signal. The second indication information includes: the identifier of the first beam information or the first beam information.
  15. 根据权利要求9-13任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述终端设备为正在进行小区切换的终端设备,所述基站为服务小区所在的基站,则所述基站采用所述第二波束信息向所述终端设备发送所述下行信号之后,还包括:The method according to any one of claims 9 to 13, wherein the terminal device is a terminal device that is performing cell handover, the base station is a base station where a serving cell is located, and the base station adopts the second After the beam information is sent to the terminal device, the downlink signal further includes:
    所述基站接收所述终端设备上报的所述下行信号的测量结果;Receiving, by the base station, a measurement result of the downlink signal reported by the terminal device;
    所述基站在所述测量结果满足小区切换条件时,向所述终端设备发送切换命令;所述切换命令用于指示所述终端设备向目标小区所在的基站发起随机接入过程。The base station sends a handover command to the terminal device when the measurement result satisfies the cell handover condition; the handover command is used to instruct the terminal device to initiate a random access procedure to the base station where the target cell is located.
  16. 一种终端设备,其特征在于,包括:A terminal device, comprising:
    接收模块,用于接收基站采用第一波束信息发送的下行信号;a receiving module, configured to receive a downlink signal that is sent by the base station by using the first beam information;
    发送模块,用于根据采用第一波束信息发送的下行信号向所述基站发送第一指示信息;所述第一指示信息用于指示所述基站采用第二波束信息向所述终端设备发送所述下行信号;a sending module, configured to send the first indication information to the base station according to the downlink signal that is sent by using the first beam information, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the base station sends the Downlink signal
    所述接收模块,还用于接收所述基站采用所述第二波束信息发送的所述下行信号。The receiving module is further configured to receive the downlink signal that is sent by the base station by using the second beam information.
  17. 根据权利要求16所述的终端设备,其特征在于,所述第一波束信息和所述第二波束信息所包括的波束类型和波束扫描方式中至少一种信息不同;The terminal device according to claim 16, wherein at least one of a beam type and a beam scanning mode included in the first beam information and the second beam information is different;
    所述第一波束信息所包含的波束类型为第一波束类型或第二波束类型;所述第二波束信息包含的波束类型为第一波束类型或第二波束类型,其中,所述第二波束类型对应的波束的发射角度小于所述第一波束类型对应的波束的发射角度;The beam type included in the first beam information is a first beam type or a second beam type; the beam type included in the second beam information is a first beam type or a second beam type, where the second beam The transmission angle of the beam corresponding to the type is smaller than the transmission angle of the beam corresponding to the first beam type;
    所述第一波束信息所包含的波束扫描方式为单波束扫描方式或多波束并行扫描方式;所述第二波束信息所包含的波束扫描方式为单波束扫描方式或多波束并行扫描方式。 The beam scanning mode included in the first beam information is a single beam scanning mode or a multiple beam parallel scanning mode; the beam scanning mode included in the second beam information is a single beam scanning mode or a multiple beam parallel scanning mode.
  18. 根据权利要求17所述的终端设备,其特征在于,The terminal device according to claim 17, wherein
    所述接收模块,还用于接收所述基站采用第一波束信息发送的服务小区的能力信息和相邻小区的能力信息;所述服务小区的能力信息包括下述至少一种信息:所述服务小区所支持的波束类型与时延等级的映射关系、所述服务小区所支持的波束扫描方式与时延等级的映射关系,所述相邻小区的能力信息包括下述至少一种信息:所述相邻小区所支持的波束类型与时延等级的映射关系、所述相邻小区所支持的波束扫描方式与时延等级的映射关系。The receiving module is further configured to receive capability information of the serving cell that is sent by the base station by using the first beam information, and capability information of the neighboring cell; the capability information of the serving cell includes at least one of the following information: the service The mapping relationship between the beam type and the delay level supported by the cell, the beam scanning mode and the delay level supported by the serving cell, and the capability information of the neighboring cell includes at least one of the following information: The mapping relationship between the beam type and the delay level supported by the neighboring cell, and the mapping relationship between the beam scanning mode and the delay level supported by the neighboring cell.
  19. 根据权利要求18所述的终端设备,其特征在于,还包括:处理模块;The terminal device according to claim 18, further comprising: a processing module;
    在所述基站为所述服务小区所属的基站时,所述处理模块,用于根据当前业务的时延等级和所述服务小区的能力信息,确定所述第二波束信息;所述发送模块,具体用于根据所述第二波束信息,向所述基站发送第一指示信息;所述第一指示信息包括:所述第二波束信息或第二波束信息的标识;When the base station is the base station to which the serving cell belongs, the processing module is configured to determine the second beam information according to a delay level of the current service and capability information of the serving cell; the sending module, The first indication information is sent to the base station according to the second beam information, where the first indication information includes: an identifier of the second beam information or the second beam information;
    在所述基站为所述服务小区所属的基站时,所述处理模块,具体用于根据当前业务的时延等级和所述相邻小区的能力信息,确定所述第二波束信息;所述发送模块,具体用于根据所述第二波束信息,向所述基站发送第一指示信息;所述第一指示信息包括:所述第二波束信息或第二波束信息的标识。When the base station is the base station to which the serving cell belongs, the processing module is specifically configured to determine the second beam information according to a delay level of the current service and capability information of the neighboring cell; The module is configured to send the first indication information to the base station according to the second beam information, where the first indication information includes: an identifier of the second beam information or the second beam information.
  20. 根据权利要求16或17所述的终端设备,其特征在于,所述发送模块,具体用于在所述下行信号的测量结果小于或等于第一预设阈值时,向所述基站发送第一指示信息。The terminal device according to claim 16 or 17, wherein the sending module is configured to send a first indication to the base station when a measurement result of the downlink signal is less than or equal to a first preset threshold information.
  21. 根据权利要求20所述的终端设备,其特征在于,所述终端设备为正在进行小区驻留的终端设备;所述终端设备还包括:处理模块;The terminal device according to claim 20, wherein the terminal device is a terminal device that is performing cell camping; the terminal device further includes: a processing module;
    所述处理模块,还用于在所述接收模块接收所述基站采用所述第二波束信息发送的所述下行信号之后,在所述下行信号的测量结果大于所述第一预设阈值时,与所述基站执行随机接入流程;所述发送模块用于向所述基站发送第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述基站停止采用第二波束信息发送所述下行信号;所述第二指示信息包括:所述第一波束信息或第一波束信息的标识;The processing module is further configured to: after the receiving module receives the downlink signal sent by the base station by using the second beam information, when the measurement result of the downlink signal is greater than the first preset threshold, Performing a random access procedure with the base station; the sending module is configured to send second indication information to the base station, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the base station stops using the second beam information to send the downlink signal; The second indication information includes: an identifier of the first beam information or first beam information;
    所述接收模块,还用于继续接收所述基站采用所述第一波束信息发送的所述下行信号;The receiving module is further configured to continue to receive the downlink signal that is sent by the base station by using the first beam information;
    所述发送模块,还用于在所述下行信号的测量结果小于第二预设阈值时向所述基站再次发送所述第一指示信息。The sending module is further configured to send the first indication information to the base station again when the measurement result of the downlink signal is less than a second preset threshold.
  22. 根据权利要求20所述的终端设备,其特征在于,所述终端设备为正在进行小区切换的终端设备,所述基站为服务小区所在的基站;The terminal device according to claim 20, wherein the terminal device is a terminal device that performs cell handover, and the base station is a base station where a serving cell is located;
    所述发送模块,还用于在所述接收模块接收所述基站采用所述第二波束信息发送的所述下行信号之后,向所述基站上报所述下行信号的测量结果;The sending module is further configured to: after receiving, by the receiving module, the downlink signal that is sent by the base station by using the second beam information, report the measurement result of the downlink signal to the base station;
    所述接收模块,还用于在所述测量结果满足小区切换条件时,接收所述基站发送的切换命令;所述切换命令用于指示所述终端设备接入目标小区。The receiving module is further configured to: when the measurement result meets a cell handover condition, receive a handover command sent by the base station; and the handover command is used to indicate that the terminal device accesses a target cell.
  23. 根据权利要求20所述的终端设备,其特征在于,所述终端设备为正在进行小区切换的终端设备,所述基站为目标小区所在的基站;The terminal device according to claim 20, wherein the terminal device is a terminal device that is performing cell handover, and the base station is a base station where the target cell is located;
    所述发送模块,用于在所述下行信号的测量结果小于第一预设阈值时,向所述目标小区所在的基站发送第一指示信息。The sending module is configured to send first indication information to a base station where the target cell is located when the measurement result of the downlink signal is less than a first preset threshold.
  24. 一种基站,其特征在于,包括: A base station, comprising:
    发送模块,用于采用第一波束信息向终端设备发送下行信号;a sending module, configured to send, by using the first beam information, a downlink signal to the terminal device;
    接收模块,用于接收所述终端设备发送的第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述基站采用第二波束信息向所述终端设备发送所述下行信号;a receiving module, configured to receive first indication information that is sent by the terminal device, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the base station sends the downlink signal to the terminal device by using second beam information;
    所述发送模块,还用于根据所述第一指示信息采用所述第二波束信息向所述终端设备发送所述下行信号。The sending module is further configured to send the downlink signal to the terminal device by using the second beam information according to the first indication information.
  25. 根据权利要求24所述的基站,其特征在于,所述第一波束信息和所述第二波束信息所包括的波束类型和波束扫描方式至少一种信息不同;The base station according to claim 24, wherein the first beam information and the second beam information comprise different beam types and beam scanning modes at least one type of information;
    所述第一波束信息所包含的波束类型为第一波束类型或第二波束类型;所述第二波束信息包含的波束类型为第一波束类型或第二波束类型,其中,所述第二波束类型对应的波束的发射角度小于所述第一波束类型对应的波束的发射角度;The beam type included in the first beam information is a first beam type or a second beam type; the beam type included in the second beam information is a first beam type or a second beam type, where the second beam The transmission angle of the beam corresponding to the type is smaller than the transmission angle of the beam corresponding to the first beam type;
    所述第一波束信息所包含的波束扫描方式为单波束扫描方式或多波束并行扫描方式;所述第二波束信息所包含的波束扫描方式为单波束扫描方式或多波束并行扫描方式。The beam scanning mode included in the first beam information is a single beam scanning mode or a multiple beam parallel scanning mode; the beam scanning mode included in the second beam information is a single beam scanning mode or a multiple beam parallel scanning mode.
  26. 根据权利要求25所述的基站,其特征在于,所述发送模块还用于采用第一波束信息向终端设备发送服务小区的能力信息和相邻小区的能力信息;所述服务小区的能力信息包括下述至少一种信息:所述服务小区所支持的波束类型与时延等级的映射关系、所述服务小区所支持的波束扫描方式与时延等级的映射关系,所述相邻小区的能力信息包括下述至少一种信息:所述相邻小区所支持的波束类型与时延等级的映射关系、所述相邻小区所支持的波束扫描方式与时延等级的映射关系。The base station according to claim 25, wherein the sending module is further configured to: use the first beam information to send the capability information of the serving cell and the capability information of the neighboring cell to the terminal device; the capability information of the serving cell includes At least one of the following information: a mapping relationship between a beam type and a delay level supported by the serving cell, a mapping relationship between a beam scanning mode and a delay level supported by the serving cell, and capability information of the neighboring cell The at least one type of information includes: a mapping relationship between a beam type and a delay level supported by the neighboring cell, and a mapping relationship between a beam scanning mode and a delay level supported by the neighboring cell.
  27. 根据权利要求26所述的基站,其特征在于,在所述基站为所述服务小区所属的基站时,所述第一指示信息包括:所述终端设备根据当前业务的时延等级和所述服务小区的能力信息所确定的所述第二波束信息或所述第二波束信息的标识;The base station according to claim 26, wherein, when the base station is a base station to which the serving cell belongs, the first indication information includes: a delay level of the terminal device according to a current service, and the service The identifier of the second beam information or the second beam information determined by the capability information of the cell;
    则所述发送模块,具体用于采用所述终端设备根据当前业务的时延等级和所述服务小区的能力信息所确定的所述第二波束信息,向所述终端设备发送所述下行信号;The sending module is specifically configured to send, by using the terminal device, the downlink signal to the terminal device according to the second beam information determined by the delay class of the current service and the capability information of the serving cell;
    在所述基站为所述相邻小区所属的基站时,所述第一指示信息包括:所述终端设备根据当前业务的时延等级和所述相邻小区的能力信息所确定的所述第二波束信息或所述第二波束信息的标识;When the base station is the base station to which the neighboring cell belongs, the first indication information includes: the second determined by the terminal device according to a delay level of the current service and capability information of the neighboring cell. The identifier of the beam information or the second beam information;
    则所述发送模块,具体用于采用所述终端设备根据当前业务的时延等级和所述相邻小区的能力信息所确定的所述第二波束信息,向所述终端设备发送所述下行信号。The sending module is specifically configured to send, by using, the downlink signal to the terminal device by using the second beam information determined by the terminal device according to a delay level of a current service and capability information of the neighboring cell. .
  28. 根据权利要求24或25所述的基站,其特征在于,所述发送模块用于采用预设的所述第二波束信息,向所述终端设备发送所述下行信号。The base station according to claim 24 or 25, wherein the sending module is configured to send the downlink signal to the terminal device by using the preset second beam information.
  29. 根据权利要求24-28任一项所述的基站,其特征在于,所述终端设备为正在进行小区驻留的终端设备;所述终端设备还包括:处理模块;The base station according to any one of claims 24 to 28, wherein the terminal device is a terminal device that is performing cell camping; the terminal device further includes: a processing module;
    所述处理模块,用于在所述发送模块采用所述第二波束信息向所述终端设备发送所述下行信号之后,与所述终端设备执行随机接入流程;所述接收模块接收所述终端设备发送的第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述基站停止采用第二波束信息发送所述下行信号;所述第二指示信息包括:所述第一波束信息或第一波束信息的标识。The processing module is configured to perform a random access procedure with the terminal device after the sending module sends the downlink signal to the terminal device by using the second beam information, where the receiving module receives the terminal a second indication information that is sent by the device, where the second indication information is used to indicate that the base station stops using the second beam information to send the downlink signal; the second indication information includes: the first beam information or the first beam The identification of the information.
  30. 根据权利要求24-28任一项所述的基站,其特征在于,所述终端设备为正在进行小区切换的终端设备,所述基站为服务小区所在的基站;The base station according to any one of claims 24 to 28, wherein the terminal device is a terminal device that is performing cell handover, and the base station is a base station where a serving cell is located;
    所述接收模块,还用于在所述发送模块采用所述第二波束信息向所述终端设备发送所 述下行信号之后,接收所述终端设备上报的所述下行信号的测量结果;The receiving module is further configured to send, by the sending module, the second beam information to the terminal device After the downlink signal is received, receiving a measurement result of the downlink signal reported by the terminal device;
    所述发送模块用于在所述测量结果满足小区切换条件时,向所述终端设备发送切换命令;所述切换命令用于指示所述终端设备向目标小区所在的基站发起随机接入过程。 The sending module is configured to send a handover command to the terminal device when the measurement result meets a cell handover condition, where the handover command is used to instruct the terminal device to initiate a random access procedure to a base station where the target cell is located.
PCT/CN2017/105859 2016-11-04 2017-10-12 Terminal device mobility processing method, terminal device and base station WO2018082435A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201610965728.7 2016-11-04
CN201610965728.7A CN108023628B (en) 2016-11-04 2016-11-04 Terminal equipment mobility processing method, terminal equipment and base station

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2018082435A1 true WO2018082435A1 (en) 2018-05-11

Family

ID=62076668

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2017/105859 WO2018082435A1 (en) 2016-11-04 2017-10-12 Terminal device mobility processing method, terminal device and base station

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN108023628B (en)
WO (1) WO2018082435A1 (en)

Cited By (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN109315009A (en) * 2018-09-20 2019-02-05 北京小米移动软件有限公司 A kind of communication means, device, terminal, base station and storage medium
WO2020207378A1 (en) * 2019-04-08 2020-10-15 维沃移动通信有限公司 Beam information determination method and apparatus, and communication device
CN112135304A (en) * 2019-06-25 2020-12-25 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Beam management method and device based on non-independent networking NSA system

Families Citing this family (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN110830209B (en) * 2018-08-10 2021-04-09 华为技术有限公司 Method and apparatus for training antenna panel
CN117156561A (en) * 2018-10-10 2023-12-01 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Transmission and reception of access information
CN111181663A (en) * 2018-11-09 2020-05-19 普天信息技术有限公司 Fast initial access method and device on unlicensed spectrum
CN109474741B (en) * 2018-11-15 2020-11-13 惠州Tcl移动通信有限公司 Method for communication continuation during movement, mobile terminal and computer readable storage medium
CN113873424B (en) * 2020-06-29 2023-04-28 华为技术有限公司 Beam management method and device

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN1658526A (en) * 2004-02-17 2005-08-24 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 Down wave beam shaping method and device of radio channel
CN1866620A (en) * 2005-05-18 2006-11-22 普天信息技术研究院 Method for adaptively regulating intelligent antenna wave beam width
CN1882157A (en) * 2005-06-13 2006-12-20 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 Intelligent antenna beam shaping method and device for group covering
CN102664663A (en) * 2007-07-05 2012-09-12 松下电器产业株式会社 Radio communication apparatus, radio communication system and radio communication method
CN104734754A (en) * 2013-12-20 2015-06-24 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Beamforming weight training method and base station and terminal
WO2016144506A1 (en) * 2015-03-12 2016-09-15 Qualcomm Incorporated Signaling for millimeter wave interference and scheduling

Family Cites Families (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN103002526B (en) * 2011-09-13 2015-06-03 华为技术有限公司 Cell handover control methods, cell measurement method, equipment and system
US10264478B2 (en) * 2011-12-16 2019-04-16 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Methods and apparatus to enhance reliability in millimeter wave wideband communications
CN104521155B (en) * 2012-07-31 2018-11-30 三星电子株式会社 The communication means and equipment of beam forming are used in a wireless communication system
US9439096B2 (en) * 2012-08-13 2016-09-06 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Method and apparatus to support channel refinement and multi-stream transmission in millimeter wave systems
EP3080927B1 (en) * 2013-12-13 2021-08-25 Telefonaktiebolaget LM Ericsson (publ) Wireless device, network node, methods therein, for respectively sending and receiving a report on quality of transmitted beams
CN104955061A (en) * 2014-03-28 2015-09-30 华为技术有限公司 Wave beam selection method and base station

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN1658526A (en) * 2004-02-17 2005-08-24 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 Down wave beam shaping method and device of radio channel
CN1866620A (en) * 2005-05-18 2006-11-22 普天信息技术研究院 Method for adaptively regulating intelligent antenna wave beam width
CN1882157A (en) * 2005-06-13 2006-12-20 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 Intelligent antenna beam shaping method and device for group covering
CN102664663A (en) * 2007-07-05 2012-09-12 松下电器产业株式会社 Radio communication apparatus, radio communication system and radio communication method
CN104734754A (en) * 2013-12-20 2015-06-24 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Beamforming weight training method and base station and terminal
WO2016144506A1 (en) * 2015-03-12 2016-09-15 Qualcomm Incorporated Signaling for millimeter wave interference and scheduling

Cited By (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN109315009A (en) * 2018-09-20 2019-02-05 北京小米移动软件有限公司 A kind of communication means, device, terminal, base station and storage medium
WO2020056697A1 (en) * 2018-09-20 2020-03-26 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Communication method and apparatus, terminal, base station, and storage medium
CN109315009B (en) * 2018-09-20 2022-02-22 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Communication method, device, terminal, base station and storage medium
US11902954B2 (en) 2018-09-20 2024-02-13 Beijing Xiaomi Mobile Software Co., Ltd. Communication method and apparatus, terminal, base station, and storage medium
WO2020207378A1 (en) * 2019-04-08 2020-10-15 维沃移动通信有限公司 Beam information determination method and apparatus, and communication device
CN112135304A (en) * 2019-06-25 2020-12-25 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Beam management method and device based on non-independent networking NSA system

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN108023628B (en) 2021-08-20
CN108023628A (en) 2018-05-11

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2018082435A1 (en) Terminal device mobility processing method, terminal device and base station
US20230142719A1 (en) Icon display method, storage medium, and electronic terminal
KR102595769B1 (en) Information reporting methods and terminals
US10285106B2 (en) User equipment and method for ensuring continuous service reception in wireless network
US11632165B2 (en) Beam failure detection method, information configuration method, terminal and network device
JP2021516922A (en) Beam fault handling method, terminals and network equipment
WO2020140725A1 (en) Positioning method and terminal
WO2019134669A1 (en) Handling method for radio link failure, user terminal and network side device
WO2017076255A1 (en) Method for balancing load of wireless network, network equipment, and terminal equipment
US20190297586A1 (en) Method for Processing Information and Terminal Device
WO2021174596A1 (en) Icon display method and apparatus, storage medium and electronic device
WO2020020058A1 (en) Measurement method, terminal and network side device
WO2018103584A1 (en) Method for determining cell, and relevant device and system
US11375418B2 (en) Condition handover method, related devices and computer-readable storage medium
WO2021185280A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
US11076354B2 (en) Cell handover method and terminal device
CN110933704B (en) Network communication method, device, storage medium and electronic equipment
WO2021114274A1 (en) Wireless communication method and device, and storage medium
US10952066B2 (en) Downlink data transmission method and apparatus
WO2019001188A1 (en) Data processing method, terminal and base station
CN112351456A (en) Network connection method, device, storage medium and electronic equipment
CN113099483B (en) Method for processing cell congestion, terminal and network side equipment
WO2017049933A1 (en) Direct mode operation communication method and terminal
WO2019242678A1 (en) Measuring method and terminal
WO2022213921A1 (en) Beam measurement method in ntn scenario, beam configuration method in ntn scenario, and related device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 17867167

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 17867167

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1